Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 6, 2016

Registration No. 333-207870


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



POST-EFFECTIVE
AMENDMENT NO. 1

FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Bunge Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  98-0231912
(I.R.S. employer
identification number)

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  26-002-1554
(I.R.S. employer
identification number)

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Netherlands
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  98-0339100
(I.R.S. employer
identification number)

50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
(914) 684-2800

(Address including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Carla L. Heiss
Deputy General Counsel,
Chief Compliance Officer
and Secretary
(914) 684-2800

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Stephen T. Giove, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

             If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.     o

             If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.     ý

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box.     ý

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

             Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ý   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

               
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered (1)

  Amount to be
Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Unit

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common shares of Bunge Limited (2)

  (4)   (1)   (1)   $0
 

Preference shares of Bunge Limited

  (4)   (1)   (1)   $0
 

Debt Securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. 

  (4)   (1)   (1)   $0
 

Debt Securities of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. 

  (4)   (1)   (1)   $0
 

Guarantees by Bunge Limited of Debt Securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. (3)

  (4)   (3)   (3)   $0

 

(1)
An unspecified aggregate initial offering price or number of the specified securities of each identified Registrant are being registered as may from time to time be offered at unspecified prices. Separate consideration may or may not be received for securities that are issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such specified securities.

(2)
Includes such indeterminate number of common shares of Bunge Limited as may be issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of, or as bonus issues or dividends on, as the case may be, any preference shares that provide for such exercise, conversion, exchange or payment of bonus issues or dividends.

(3)
Bunge Limited will guarantee the obligations of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. under their respective debt securities. No separate consideration will be paid in respect of any such guarantees. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is payable with respect to the guarantees of the debt securities.

(4)
In accordance with Rules 456(b) and 457(r) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrants are deferring payment of the registration fee.

   


Table of Contents


EXPLANATORY NOTE

        This registration statement is post-effective amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form S-3 of Bunge Limited (File No. 333-207870) (the "Registration Statement"). This post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement adds Bunge Finance Europe B.V., an indirect 100%-owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited, as a registrant, and includes the registration of debt securities of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and guarantees thereof by Bunge Limited. This post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement contains a prospectus to be used by Bunge Limited in connection with offerings of its common shares and preference shares, which was included in this Registration Statement as originally filed, and to be used by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. in connection with offerings of their respective debt securities, which are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS

GRAPHIC


Common Shares and Preference Shares of
BUNGE LIMITED

Debt Securities of
BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.
and
BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V.
fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited

        Bunge Limited may offer from time to time common shares or preference shares.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. may offer from time to time debt securities, which will be fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Bunge Limited.

        This prospectus provides you with a general description of the common shares and preference shares of Bunge Limited. The common shares may be offered directly or may be issued upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of, or as dividends or bonus issues on, as the case may be, the preference shares offered hereby and the debt securities of each of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. The specific terms of the offered securities will be described in a prospectus supplement or other offering material, which may add to or update the information in this prospectus.

         For a discussion of certain factors that you should consider before investing in the offered securities, see "Risk Factors" in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in the applicable prospectus supplement or other offering material.

        You should read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement or other offering material carefully before you invest. We will not use this prospectus to confirm sales of any securities unless it is attached to a prospectus supplement.

        The offered securities may be offered in amounts, at prices and on terms determined by market conditions at the time of the offering. The issuer may sell the offered securities through agents it selects or through underwriters and dealers it selects. If the issuer uses agents, underwriters or dealers to sell the offered securities, it will name them and describe their compensation in a prospectus supplement or other offering material.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is May 6, 2016.


Table of Contents

         We have not authorized any other person to provide you with any information or to make any representation that is different from, or in addition to, the information and representations contained in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement or in any of the documents that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus or in any prospectus supplement or other offering material. We do not take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to reliability of, any information that others may give you. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any prospectus supplement, as well as the information contained in any document incorporated by reference, is accurate as of the date of each such document only, unless the information specifically indicates that another date applies.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  ii

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

  iii

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

  iii

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

  iii

BUNGE LIMITED

  1

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP. 

  2

BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V. 

  2

USE OF PROCEEDS

  3

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERENCE SHARE DIVIDENDS

  3

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

  4

DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE

  12

DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

  16

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

  24

LEGAL MATTERS

  25

EXPERTS

  25

        The distribution of this prospectus may be restricted by law in certain jurisdictions. You should inform yourself about and observe any of these restrictions. This prospectus does not constitute, and may not be used in connection with, an offer or solicitation by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized, or in which the person making the offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make the offer or solicitation.

        Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "Bunge," "Bunge Limited," "we," "us" and "our" mean, unless otherwise indicated, Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries.

        Consent under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) has been obtained from the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issue and transfer of the common shares and preference shares of Bunge Limited to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the New York Stock Exchange. In granting such consent, the Bermuda Monetary Authority does not accept any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

i


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus include forward-looking statements that are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements include our current expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. We have tried to identify these forward-looking statements by using words including "may," "will," "should," "could," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "plan," "intend," "estimate," "continue" and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities, as well as those of the markets we serve or intend to serve, to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. These factors include the risks, uncertainties, trends and other factors discussed under the heading "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in the applicable prospectus supplement or other offering material. Examples of forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical in nature, including statements regarding:

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, any prospectus supplement, any other offering material or in any document incorporated by reference herein or therein. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus, any accompanying prospectus supplement, any other offering material or any document incorporated by reference herein or therein not to occur. Except as otherwise required by applicable securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.

ii


Table of Contents


ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

        This prospectus is part of a registration statement that Bunge Limited, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, referred to as the Commission or the SEC in this prospectus, using a "shelf" registration process. Under this shelf registration process, Bunge Limited may, from time to time, sell common shares and/or preference shares described in the prospectus, in one or more offerings and Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or Bunge Finance Europe B.V. may, from time to time, separately or jointly, sell debt securities guaranteed by Bunge Limited as described in the prospectus, in one or more offerings. The common shares and preference shares of Bunge Limited and the debt securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. are collectively referred to as "offered securities" and each of Bunge Limited, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. is referred to as a "Registrant," and collectively as "Registrants," in this prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the offered securities the Registrants may offer. Each time a Registrant sells offered securities, it may provide a prospectus supplement, or more than one prospectus supplement, that will contain specific information about the terms of the offered securities. Each prospectus supplement may also add to, update or change the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. To the extent that any statement a Registrant makes in a prospectus supplement is inconsistent with statements made in this prospectus, the statements made in this prospectus will be deemed modified or superseded by those made in the prospectus supplement. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or other offering material together with the information described under the heading "Where You Can Find More Information."


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We are subject to the informational reporting requirements of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and accordingly we file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and other information with the SEC.

        Neither Bunge Limited Finance Corp. nor Bunge Finance Europe B.V. is required under the Exchange Act to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Accordingly, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. do not, and will not, file separate financial statements with the SEC. The financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. are consolidated into our financial statements.

        You may read any document we file with the SEC, including the documents incorporated by reference into this prospectus, at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. In addition, you may access our SEC filings through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov, and our website, www.bunge.com. Information contained in or connected to our website is not part of this prospectus. Copies of reports and other information may also be inspected in the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.


INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

        We are incorporating by reference into this prospectus certain documents we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. Any information incorporated by reference is considered part of this prospectus, and later information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information. We are incorporating by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other

iii


Table of Contents

than any documents or portions thereof that are considered to be furnished rather than filed under SEC rules, until the termination of the offering of the securities. The documents incorporated herein by reference are:

    Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, filed on February 25, 2016;

    Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016, filed on April 28, 2016;

    Our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on April 15, 2016 (solely those portions that were incorporated by reference into Part III of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015); and

    Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on February 11, 2016, February 25, 2016 and April 28, 2016.

        We will provide, without charge, to any person who receives a copy of this prospectus, upon such recipient's written or oral request, a copy of any document this prospectus incorporates by reference, other than exhibits to such incorporated documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such incorporated document. Requests should be directed to:

Bunge Limited
50 Main Street
White Plains, New York 10606
Attention: Investor Relations
(914) 684-2800

        Except as provided above, no other information, including, but not limited to, information on our website, is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

iv


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED

Overview

        We are a leading global agribusiness and food company with integrated operations that stretch from the farm field to consumer foods. We believe we are a leading:

    global oilseed processor and producer of vegetable oils and protein meals, based on processing capacity;

    global grain processor;

    seller of packaged vegetable oils worldwide, based on sales;

    producer and seller of wheat flours and bakery mixes, dry milled corn products and milled rice products in North and South America based on volume; and

    producer of sugar and ethanol in Brazil and global trader and merchandiser of sugar, based on volume.

        We conduct our operations in five segments: Agribusiness, Edible Oil Products, Milling Products, Sugar and Bioenergy and Fertilizer. We refer to the Edible Oil and Milling Products segments collectively as our Food and Ingredients businesses. Our strategy is to profitably grow our position in our core Agribusiness grain and oilseed value chains, capitalizing on our key origination, logistics, processing and risk management competencies while pursuing operational excellence. We also are focused on growing our value added Food & Ingredients businesses so that over time they represent a more significant percentage of our earnings.

        Our Agribusiness segment is an integrated, global business principally involved in the purchase, storage, transport, processing and sale of agricultural commodities and commodity products. Our Agribusiness operations and assets are located in North and South America, Europe and Asia-Pacific, and we have merchandising and distribution offices throughout the world.

        Our Food and Ingredients businesses, which consist of two reportable business segments: Edible Oil Products and Milling Products, include businesses that produce and sell edible oil based products, including vegetable oils, shortenings, margarines and mayonnaise and milled grain products such as wheat flours, bakery mixes, corn-based products and rice. The operations and assets of our Edible Oil Products segment are located in North and South America, Europe and Asia-Pacific and the operations and assets of our Milling Products segment are located in North and South America.

        Our Sugar and Bioenergy segment produces and sells sugar and ethanol derived from sugarcane, as well as energy derived from the sugar and ethanol production process, through our operations in Brazil. Our operations in this segment also include global trading and merchandising of sugar and ethanol.

        Our Fertilizer segment is involved in producing, blending and distributing fertilizer products for the agricultural industry in South America, with production and blending assets and operations in Argentina and port facilities in Brazil and Argentina.

        Bunge Limited is a holding company and substantially all of its operations are conducted through subsidiaries. Bunge Limited is an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. Bunge Limited's principal executive office and corporate headquarters is at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606, and its telephone number is (914) 684-2800. Bunge Limited's registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

1


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is an indirect, 100% owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited and was formed for the sole purpose of issuing debt of Bunge, other than commercial paper, primarily in the U.S. markets, and investing the proceeds of the issuances in a master trust structure that Bunge created to centralize its financing operations. The master trust, in turn, acquires loans made to Bunge Limited and certain of its subsidiaries with the proceeds from debt incurred by Bunge through Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and other finance subsidiaries. Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s only assets are a trust certificate entitling it to a fractional undivided interest in a pool of intercompany loans held by the Bunge master trust structure and related hedging agreements. Among other things, the master trust structure is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., including holders of the debt securities issued by Bunge Limited Finance Corp., to have the benefit of claims in respect of Bunge's subsidiaries which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to other creditors of these subsidiaries. See "Description of Master Trust Structure" for a discussion of the Bunge master trust structure and the assets it holds. Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. has its principal executive offices and corporate headquarters at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606, and its telephone number is (914) 684-2800.


BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V.

        Bunge Finance Europe B.V. is an indirect, 100% owned subsidiary of Bunge Limited and was formed for the sole purpose of issuing debt of Bunge, other than commercial paper, primarily in European markets, and investing the proceeds of the issuances in a master trust structure that Bunge created to centralize its financing operations. The master trust, in turn, acquires loans made to Bunge Limited and certain of its subsidiaries with the proceeds from debt incurred by Bunge through Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and other finance subsidiaries. Bunge Finance Europe B.V.'s only assets are a trust certificate entitling it to a fractional undivided interest in a pool of intercompany loans held by the Bunge master trust structure and related hedging agreements. Among other things, the master trust structure is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Finance Europe B.V., including holders of the debt securities issued by Bunge Finance Europe B.V., to have the benefit of claims in respect of Bunge's subsidiaries which are equal in right of payment to indebtedness owed or payable to other creditors of these subsidiaries. See "Description of Master Trust Structure" for a discussion of the Bunge master trust structure and the assets it holds. Bunge Finance Europe B.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.

        Bunge Finance Europe B.V. has its principal executive offices and corporate headquarters at 11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, and its telephone number is (314) 292-2000.

2


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        Except as may be described otherwise in a prospectus supplement or other offering material, the Registrants will use the net proceeds from the sale of common shares, preference shares or debt securities under this prospectus for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include, among other things, funding acquisitions and/or reducing indebtedness.


RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND PREFERENCE SHARE DIVIDENDS

        The ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference share dividends for Bunge are set forth below for each year in the five-year period ended December 31, 2015 and for the three-month period ended March 31, 2016.

        For purposes of computing the following ratios, earnings are defined as income from operations before income tax plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest and preference share dividend requirements. Fixed charges consist of interest expense (capitalized and expensed), amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor and preference share dividend requirements.

 
  For the
three
months
ended
March 31,
2016
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preference share dividends

    4.0x     3.6x     2.44x     2.86x     1.86x     3.32x  

3


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

         The following description of our share capital briefly summarizes certain provisions of our memorandum of association, our bye-laws and applicable provisions of Bermuda law that would be important to holders of our common shares and preference shares. The following description may not be complete, may be supplemented in prospectus supplements and/or other offering material and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the terms and provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws that are exhibits to the registration statement that contains this prospectus. Prospective investors are urged to read the exhibits for a complete understanding of our memorandum of association and bye-laws.

Share Capital

        Our authorized share capital consists of 400,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, 6,900,000 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares, par value $0.01 per share, 862,500 5.125% cumulative mandatory convertible preference shares, par value $0.01 per share and 13,237,500 undesignated preference shares, par value $0.01 per share. As of March 31, 2016, we had 139,703,904 common shares issued and outstanding. Further 6,900,000 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares were issued and outstanding and no issued and outstanding 5.125% cumulative mandatory convertible preference shares as of March 31, 2016. All of our issued and outstanding shares are fully paid. Our common shares are traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BG."

        Pursuant to our bye-laws, and subject to the requirements of any stock exchange on which our shares are listed, our board of directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued shares. Pursuant to NYSE requirements, subject to certain exceptions, including public offers for cash, any issuance of common shares or securities convertible into common shares in excess of 20% of the voting power or number of the common shares outstanding before such issuance requires shareholder approval. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.

Common Shares

        Holders of common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any outstanding preference shares.

Preference Shares

        Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established could also have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of us.

        Our board of directors has designated 6,900,000 preference shares as 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares, par value $0.01 per share. The terms of our issued and

4


Table of Contents

outstanding 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares are described in the certificate of designation filed as an exhibit to this registration statement that contains this prospectus. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

        A Prospectus Supplement Will Describe the Specific Terms of a Series of Preference Shares.     If we decide to issue preference shares, our board of directors will determine the financial and other specific terms of the series under a certificate of designation, which we will describe in a prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus and in other offering material. Those terms may vary from the general terms described below. If there are differences between the prospectus supplement for a series and this prospectus, the prospectus supplement will control.

        Without limitation, the preference shares may be convertible into, or exchangeable for, common shares or shares of any other class or series of shares, if our board of directors so determines.

        The prospectus supplement and other offering material relating to a particular series of preference shares will contain a description of the specific terms of that series as fixed by our board of directors, including, as applicable:

        Dividends.     Holders of a series of preference shares will be entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by our board of directors from funds available for payment of dividends under Bermuda law. The rates and dates of payment of dividends, if any, will be set forth in the applicable certificate of designation relating to each series of preference shares. Dividends will be payable to

5


Table of Contents

holders of record of preference shares as they appear in our register of members on the record dates fixed by the board of directors. Dividends on any series of preference shares may be cumulative or noncumulative. Under Bermuda law, we may not declare or pay a dividend if there are reasonable grounds for believing that we are, or would after the payment be, unable to pay our liabilities as they become due, or the realizable value of our assets would thereby be less than our liabilities. See "—General Provisions Applicable to Our Share Capital—Dividend Rights" for more information.

        Voting Rights; Transfer Restrictions.     The holders of a series of preference shares will have voting rights as set out in the applicable certificate of designation, and any such voting rights will be subject to limitations on voting rights as set out in the applicable certificate of designation. In addition, any transfer restrictions applicable to a series of preference shares will also be described in the applicable offering document.

        Liquidation Preferences.     In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of each series of our preference shares will have the rights as set out in the applicable certificate of designation to receive distributions upon liquidation in the amount specified, plus an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends. These distributions will be made before any distribution is made on our common shares or on any securities ranking junior to the preference shares upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up.

        Redemption.     If so specified in the applicable certificate of designation, a series of preference shares may be redeemable at any time, in whole or in part, at our option or the holder's option and may be mandatorily redeemed. Any restriction on the repurchase or redemption by us of our preference shares while we are in arrears in the payment of dividends will be described in the applicable offering document.

        Unless we default in the payment of the redemption price, dividends, if applicable, will cease to accrue after the redemption date on preference shares called for redemption and all rights of holders of these shares will terminate except for the right to receive the redemption price.

        Conversion or Exchange Rights.     The certificate of designation relating to any series of preference shares that is convertible, exercisable or exchangeable will state the terms on which shares of that Series are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, another series of our preference shares or any other securities registered pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, or for securities of any third party.

        See also "—General Provisions Applicable to Our Share Capital" for additional information.

General Provisions Applicable to Our Share Capital

        Dividend Rights.     Under Bermuda law, a company's board of directors may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preference dividend right of the holders of any preference shares. There are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in or out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares or preference shares.

        Variation of Rights.     If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied either: (1) with the consent in writing of the holders of 75% of the issued shares of that class; or (2) with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of the relevant class of shareholders at which a quorum shall be two or more persons holding or representing

6


Table of Contents

by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares. In addition, the creation or issue of preference shares ranking senior to common shares will not be deemed to vary the rights attached to common shares.

        Transfer of Shares.     Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason, refuse to register the transfer of a share that is not fully paid. Our board of directors may also refuse to recognize an instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferor's right to make the transfer as our board of directors shall reasonably require. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares or preference shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares or his preference shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances admit) or in such other form as the board may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although, in the case of a fully paid share, our board of directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor. The board may also accept mechanically executed transfers. Share transfers may also be effected through our transfer agent and may be made electronically.

        Meetings of Shareholders.     Under Bermuda law, a company is required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year, unless the company in general meeting has elected to dispense with the holding of annual general meetings. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings of the company. Our bye-laws provide that either the chairman or our board of directors may convene an annual general meeting or a special general meeting. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days' advance notice of a general meeting; however, our bye-laws provide that the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least twenty-one days' notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to attend and vote at such meeting. The quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present in person at the start of the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the paid-up share capital carrying the right to vote.

        Any shareholder who wishes to propose business that may properly be moved by a shareholder at a general meeting (other than nomination of persons for election as directors) must give notice to us in writing in accordance with our bye-laws. The notice must be given not later than 120 days before the first anniversary of the date on which our proxy statement was distributed to shareholders in connection with our prior year's annual general meeting. If we did not hold an annual general meeting in the prior year or if the date of the annual general meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated in the prior year's proxy statement, the notice must be given before the later of 150 days prior to the contemplated date of the annual general meeting and the date which is ten days after the date of the first public announcement or other notification of the actual date of the annual general meeting. In the case of business to be proposed at a special general meeting, such notice must be given before the later of 120 days before the date of the special general meeting and the date which is ten days after the date of the first public announcement or other notification of the date of the special general meeting. The notice must include the matters set out in our bye-laws.

7


Table of Contents

        Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information.     Members of the general public have the right to inspect the public documents of a company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include the company's memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to its memorandum of association. The shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the company, minutes of general meetings and the company's audited financial statements, which must be laid before each annual general meeting. The register of shareholders of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of shareholders is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of shareholders for not more than thirty days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act"), establish a branch register outside Bermuda. A company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection by members of the public without charge for not less than two hours in any business day. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

        Election and Removal of Directors.     Our bye-laws provide that our board may consist of between seven and 15 directors, the actual number to be determined by the board from time to time. Our board of directors currently consists of eleven directors. No more than two of our directors may be employed by us or by any other entity in our group. Our board is divided into three classes that are, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting. There is also no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age. However, our Corporate Governance Guidelines provide that no director having attained the age of 70 shall be nominated for re-election or reappointment to our board.

        Only persons who are nominated in accordance with our bye-laws are eligible for election as directors. Any shareholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director must give notice to us in writing in accordance with our bye-laws. The notice must be given not later than 120 days before the first anniversary of the date on which our proxy statement was distributed to shareholders in connection with our prior year's annual general meeting. If we did not hold an annual general meeting in the prior year or if the date of the annual general meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated in the prior year's proxy statement, the notice must be given before the later of 150 days prior to the contemplated date of the annual general meeting and the date which is ten days after the date of the first public announcement or other notification of the actual date of the annual general meeting. In the case of any notice of a nomination of a person by a shareholder for election as a director at a special general meeting, such notice must be given before the later of 120 days before the date of the special general meeting and the date which is ten days after the date of the first public announcement or other notification of the date of the special general meeting. The notice must include the information set out in our bye-laws and, in addition, we may require any nominee to furnish such other information as we may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such nominee to serve as a director.

        A director may be removed for cause by a majority of shareholder votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present, provided notice is given to the director of the shareholders' meeting convened to remove the director. A director may be removed without cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 66% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution, provided notice is given to the director of the shareholders' meeting convened to remove the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and, if the removal is for cause, a summary of the facts justifying the removal and must be served on the director

8


Table of Contents

not less than fourteen days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

        Our board of directors can fill any vacancy occurring as a result of the removal, resignation, insolvency, death or incapacity of a director. Our board of directors also can appoint persons to fill any newly created directorships, provided that such appointment requires the affirmative vote of not less than 66% of the directors then in office.

        Proceedings of Board of Directors.     Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. Bermuda law requires that our directors be individuals. There is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares.

        The remuneration of our directors is determined by our board of directors. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

        Provided a director discloses a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with us as required by Bermuda law, such director is entitled to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested, unless he or she is disqualified from voting by the chairman of the relevant board meeting. Under Bermuda law, a director (including the spouse or children of the director or any company of which such director, spouse or children own or control more than 20% of the capital or loan debt) cannot borrow from us (except loans made to directors who are bona fide employees or former employees pursuant to an employees' share scheme), unless shareholders holding 90% of the total voting rights have consented to the loan.

        Waiver of Claims by Shareholders; Indemnification of Directors and Officers.     Our bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. We have been advised by the SEC that, in the opinion of the SEC, the operation of this provision as a waiver of the right to sue for violations of federal securities laws would likely be unenforceable in U.S. courts. Our bye-laws also indemnify our directors and officers and any person appointed to a committee by our board of directors in respect of their actions and omissions in relation to any of the affairs of Bunge Limited, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty.

        Merger, Amalgamations and Business Combinations.     The merger or amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the merger or amalgamation agreement to be approved by the company's board of directors and by its shareholders. Such shareholder approval, unless the bye-laws otherwise provide, requires 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting in respect of which the quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Our bye-laws provide that a merger or amalgamation (other than with certain affiliated companies) that has been approved by our board must only be approved by a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of our shareholders at which the quorum shall be two or more persons representing in person or by proxy more than one-half of the paid-up share capital carrying the right to vote. Any merger, amalgamation or other business combination (as defined in our bye-laws) not approved by our board must be approved by the holders of not less than 66% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution.

        Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-Laws.     Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution of the shareholders. In the case

9


Table of Contents

of the bye-laws relating to number and tenure of directors, approval of business combinations and amendment of bye-law provisions, the required resolutions must include the affirmative vote of at least 66% of our directors then in office and of at least 66% percent of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution, and, in the case of the bye-law relating to the removal of directors, the requisite affirmative votes are a simple majority of the directors then in office and at least 66% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution, and, in the case of the bye-laws relating to the issuance of shares or other securities or instruments, the requisite affirmative votes are a simple majority of the directors then in office and at least 66% of the shares voting.

        Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of the company's issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company's share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within twenty-one days after the date on which the resolution altering the company's memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders that voted in favor of the amendment.

        Appraisal Rights and Shareholder Suits.     Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder's shares may apply to a Bermuda court within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting to appraise the fair value of those shares.

        Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or is illegal or would result in the violation of the company's memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company's shareholders than that which actually approved it.

        When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company's affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

        Capitalization of Profits and Reserves.     Pursuant to our bye-laws, our board of directors may (i) capitalize any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalize any sum credited to a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full partly paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

10


Table of Contents

        Registrar or Transfer Agent.     A register of holders of the common shares, the 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares, and of any other preference shares we may issue will be maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register is maintained in the United States by Mellon Investor Services L.L.C., which does and will serve as branch registrar and transfer agent for the common shares, the 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares and any other preference shares we may issue.

        Untraced Shareholders.     Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares which remain unclaimed for twelve years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending checks or dividend warrants by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the shareholder's new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend check or a warrant.

        Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law.     We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares or preference shares.

        The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of our common shares and preference shares to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the New York Stock Exchange. Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, the Bermuda Monetary Authority shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus. Certain issues and transfers of common shares or preference shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes may require the specific consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

        In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust. We will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of our shares, whether or not we have been notified of such trust.

11


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF MASTER TRUST STRUCTURE

        Bunge Limited formed a master trust in order to permit it and its subsidiaries to borrow funds on both a short-term and long-term basis more efficiently. The master trust was created under New York law pursuant to a pooling agreement among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee. The primary assets of the master trust consist of intercompany loans made to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries with the proceeds of funds raised by the master trust through the issuance of variable funding certificates.

        A conceptual illustration of the master trust structure is set forth below:

GRAPHIC

        The intercompany loans held by the master trust are made by two of Bunge Limited's subsidiaries. Bunge Finance Limited, Bunge Limited's 100%-owned subsidiary incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, makes loans to Bunge Limited and its non-U.S. subsidiaries. Bunge Finance North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a 100%-owned subsidiary of Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc. (which is, in turn, wholly owned by us), makes loans to Bunge Limited's U.S. subsidiaries. Each intercompany loan bears interest at a floating rate specified from time to time by the Bunge subsidiary making the loan which generally is established based on the estimated blended cost of funds of the master trust (plus a small profit margin). Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc. are parties to a sale agreement with Bunge Funding, Inc. under which each intercompany loan, together with all property and proceeds related thereto, is sold to Bunge Funding, Inc. Bunge Funding, Inc., in turn, immediately sells the intercompany loans to the master trust pursuant to a pooling agreement. Bunge Management Services, Inc. services the intercompany loans held by the

12


Table of Contents

master trust in accordance with the terms of a servicing agreement among Bunge Management Services, Inc., Bunge Funding, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee.

        We raise the funds to fund the intercompany loans by having the master trust issue trust certificates either to a special purpose subsidiary that is incurring indebtedness or directly to third-party investors. As of the date of this prospectus, the master trust has issued three outstanding series of trust certificates under series supplements to the pooling agreement, including a series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and a series 2003-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. The trustee under the master trust is required to allocate collections on the intercompany loans to the trust certificates, including the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate, on an equal basis based upon the principal and accrued interest outstanding with respect to all trust certificates. The master trust may from time to time issue additional series of trust certificates which rank equal in right of payment with the outstanding trust certificates.

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

        The maximum face amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. is $7,000,000,000, as such amount may be increased from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof. The outstanding amount of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate varies based on the outstanding amount of indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. Under the master trust structure documentation, all of the proceeds borrowed under Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s current facilities were used to fund intercompany loans which are acquired by the master trust (except to the extent such proceeds were used to repay outstanding indebtedness of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or used to pay expenses incurred in connection with any such indebtedness). In the case of the notes, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. will be required to use all of the net proceeds from the sale of the notes to either increase its investment in the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate, repay its outstanding indebtedness or pay expenses incurred in connection with any such indebtedness, and the master trust will use such proceeds advanced under the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate to acquire intercompany loans. The principal and interest outstanding on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate together with cash held by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. must at all times equal or exceed the aggregate principal and interest outstanding on all of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s debt, including, without limitation, the notes. Accordingly, the holders of the notes will benefit to the extent that payments of principal and interest are made by the borrowers on the intercompany loans held by the master trust. The master trust is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and other holders of master trust certificates to have the benefit of claims on Bunge Limited's subsidiaries obligated under intercompany loans. However, intercompany loans made under the master trust structure directly to Bunge Limited do not create any claims against its subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders of the notes. Although the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate is not pledged to the holders of the notes, the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and related hedging agreements are the only assets held by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and may not be pledged by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. to any of its creditors or any other person. Under the design of the master trust structure, the notes have the benefit of the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate and the holders of the notes thus have the benefit of access on an equal basis with other creditors holding indebtedness owed or payable by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. to the payments made on the series 2002-1 variable funding certificate.

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. has been organized and structured to be a bankruptcy remote entity. As part of the bankruptcy remote structure of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. requires the vote of at least two directors who are individuals that are "independent" (within the meaning of the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.) of Bunge Limited and its affiliates (except that such independent directors of

13


Table of Contents

Bunge Limited Finance Corp. may also be the independent directors of Bunge Asset Funding Corp., Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and any other financing subsidiary established to advance funds to the master trust) in order to, among other things, (1) file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under the U.S. bankruptcy code or (2) change the voting requirement with respect to the filing of such a voluntary petition for bankruptcy. Each of Bunge Limited Finance Corp.'s creditors has made "non-petition" agreements agreeing not to institute, or join any other person in instituting, against Bunge Limited Finance Corp., any bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction for a period of one year and one day after all outstanding debt of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. has been paid in full.

        If Bunge Limited Finance Corp. were to become subject, for any reason, to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, the proceeds of payments to the master trust on the intercompany loans would be subject to such bankruptcy proceedings. In such event, the holders of the notes would experience delays in recovering principal and interest on their notes from the proceeds of such intercompany loans. The holders of the notes would, however, be able to make a claim on Bunge Limited's guarantee in such circumstances unless the guarantee is unavailable for any reason (whether due to our bankruptcy or otherwise).

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

        The maximum face amount of the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate held by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. is $2,000,000,000, as such amount may be increased from time to time pursuant to the terms thereof. The outstanding amount of the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate varies based on the outstanding amount of indebtedness of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. Under the master trust structure documentation, all of the proceeds borrowed under Bunge Finance Europe B.V.'s current facilities were used to fund intercompany loans which are acquired by the master trust (except to the extent such proceeds were used to repay outstanding indebtedness of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. or used to pay expenses incurred in connection with any such indebtedness). In the case of the notes, Bunge Finance Europe B.V. will be required to use all of the net proceeds from the sale of the notes to either increase its investment in the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate, repay its outstanding indebtedness or pay expenses incurred in connection with any such indebtedness, and the master trust will use such proceeds advanced under the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate to acquire intercompany loans. The principal and interest outstanding on the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate together with cash held by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. must at all times equal or exceed the aggregate principal and interest outstanding on all of Bunge Finance Europe B.V.'s debt, including, without limitation, the notes. Accordingly, the holders of the notes will benefit to the extent that payments of principal and interest are made by the borrowers on the intercompany loans held by the master trust. The master trust is intended to allow creditors of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and other holders of master trust certificates to have the benefit of claims on Bunge Limited's subsidiaries obligated under intercompany loans. However, intercompany loans made under the master trust structure directly to Bunge Limited do not create any claims against its subsidiaries for the benefit of the holders of the notes. Although the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate is not pledged to the holders of the notes, the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate and related hedging agreements are the only assets held by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and may not be pledged by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. to any of its creditors or any other person. Under the design of the master trust structure, the notes have the benefit of the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate and the holders of the notes thus have the benefit of access on an equal basis with other creditors holding indebtedness owed or payable by Bunge Finance Europe B.V. to the payments made on the series 2003-1 variable funding certificate.

        Bunge Finance Europe B.V. has been organized and structured to be a bankruptcy remote entity. As part of the bankruptcy remote structure of Bunge Finance Europe B.V., the articles of association of

14


Table of Contents

Bunge Finance Europe B.V. require the vote of at least two managing directors who are individuals that are "independent" (within the meaning of the articles of association of Bunge Finance Europe B.V.) of Bunge Limited and its affiliates (except that such independent managing directors of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. may also be the independent directors of Bunge Asset Funding Corp., Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and any other financing subsidiary established to advance funds to the master trust) in order to, among other things, (1) file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under the U.S. bankruptcy code or (2) change the voting requirement with respect to the filing of such a voluntary petition for bankruptcy. Each of Bunge Finance Europe B.V.'s creditors has made "non-petition" agreements agreeing not to institute, or join any other person in instituting, against Bunge Finance Europe B.V., any bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction for a period of one year and one day after all outstanding debt of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. has been paid in full.

        If Bunge Finance Europe B.V. were to become subject, for any reason, to any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding under the U.S. bankruptcy code or under Dutch bankruptcy laws, the proceeds of payments to the master trust on the intercompany loans would be subject to such bankruptcy proceedings. In such event, the holders of the notes would experience delays in recovering principal and interest on their notes from the proceeds of such intercompany loans. The holders of the notes would, however, be able to make a claim on Bunge Limited's guarantee in such circumstances unless the guarantee is unavailable for any reason (whether due to our bankruptcy or otherwise).

        Credit facilities and debt issuances that use the master trust structure as of March 31, 2016 include the following:

        Our financings under the master trust structure contain various restrictive covenants that in some cases include limitations on, among other things, our ability to (1) merge, amalgamate or sell all or substantially all of our assets, (2) incur certain liens and (3) enter into certain sale-leaseback transactions. In addition, Bunge Limited must comply with certain financial covenants as of the end of each fiscal quarter. All of the restrictive covenants in the master trust financings are subject to significant qualifications and exceptions.

15


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES

        Bunge Limited Finance Corp. ("BLFC") and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. ("BFE") may issue debt securities from time to time in one or more distinct series. This section summarizes only certain of the terms of any debt securities that BLFC and BFE anticipate will be common to all series of debt securities that they may issue. The terms of any series of debt securities that BLFC or BFE may offer may differ significantly from the common terms described in this prospectus. The specific terms of any series of debt securities that BLFC or BFE will offer, and any differences from the common terms for an issuance of debt securities by BLFC or BFE described in this prospectus, will be described in the prospectus supplement for such debt securities that will accompany this prospectus. The debt securities of BLFC and BFE will be issued under an indenture among BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, Bunge Limited and a banking or financial institution, as trustee. We have filed forms of indenture for debt securities to be issued by BLFC or BFE as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The actual indenture that BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, and Bunge Limited will enter into in connection with an offering of debt securities may differ significantly from the form of indenture we have filed.

        As this section is a summary of some of the terms of the debt securities that BLFC or BFE may offer under this prospectus, it does not describe every aspect of the debt securities. We urge you to read the prospectus supplement and other offering material relating to an issuance of debt securities and the indenture relating to an issuance and the other documents we file with the SEC relating to the debt securities of BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, because the indenture for those debt securities and those other documents, and not this description, will define your rights as a holder of the debt securities of BLFC or BFE. See "Where You Can Find More Information," for information on how to obtain copies of the indenture and any such other documents.

General

        Unless otherwise stated in a prospectus supplement or in other offering material for an offering of debt securities by BLFC or BFE, debt securities will not be secured by any property or assets of BLFC or BFE or of Bunge Limited and the securities will be senior debt securities, ranking equally with all of the other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of BLFC or BFE, as the case may be.

        You should read the prospectus supplement and other offering material for the following terms of the series of debt securities offered by the prospectus supplement. BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, will establish the following terms before issuance of the series:

16


Table of Contents

17


Table of Contents

        For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of principal of, any premium on, or interest on the debt securities will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the debt securities.

        In most cases, the indenture will not limit the amount of debt securities that BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, is authorized to issue from time to time. The indenture will also provide that there may be more than one trustee thereunder, each for one or more series of debt securities. If a trustee is acting under the indenture with respect to more than one series of debt securities, the debt securities for which it is acting would be treated as if issued under separate indentures. If there is more than one trustee under the indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee will apply only to the debt securities of the separate series for which it is trustee.

        BLFC and BFE may issue debt securities with terms different from those of debt securities already issued. Subject to conditions that may be specified in a prospectus supplement relating to an offering of debt securities, BLFC and BFE may, without the consent of the holders of the outstanding debt securities, reopen a previous issue of a series of debt securities and issue additional debt securities of that series unless the reopening was restricted when that series was created.

        There is no requirement that BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, issue debt securities in the future under the indenture, and they may use other indentures or documentation, containing different provisions in connection with future issues of other debt securities.

        BLFC and BFE may issue the debt securities as "original issue discount securities," which are debt securities, including any zero-coupon debt securities, that are issued and sold at a discount from their stated principal amount. Original issue discount securities provide that, upon acceleration of their maturity, an amount less than their principal amount will become due and payable. The prospectus supplement relating to an issuance of any such debt securities will describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences and other considerations applicable to original issue discount securities in any prospectus supplement relating to them.

Guarantee of the Debt Securities

        Bunge Limited will fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest on, the debt securities and any of the other obligations of BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, under the applicable indenture with respect to the debt securities when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity or otherwise.

        Bunge Limited's guarantees for senior debt securities of BLFC and BFE would be unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Bunge Limited and will rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of Bunge Limited. The guarantee is expected to provide that in the event of a default in payment of principal of, or interest on, senior debt securities of a particular series, the holder of such series of senior debt securities may institute legal proceedings directly against Bunge Limited to enforce the applicable guarantee without first proceeding against BLFC or BFE, as the case may be.

        If BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, issues subordinated debt securities, Bunge Limited's guarantees for subordinated debt securities of BLFC or BFE would be unsecured and subordinated obligations of Bunge Limited and will rank equally with all other unsecured and subordinated obligations of Bunge Limited. The guarantee is expected to provide that in the event of a default in payment of principal of, or interest on, subordinated debt securities of a particular series, the holder of such series of subordinated debt securities may institute legal proceedings directly against Bunge Limited to enforce the applicable guarantee without first proceeding against BLFC or BFE, as the case may be.

18


Table of Contents

Covenants, Events of Default, Amendments and Waivers and Defeasance

        A prospectus supplement and other offering material related to an issuance of debt securities by BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, will set forth covenants that will impose limitations and restrictions on BLFC or BFE, and will also set forth covenants which will be applicable to Bunge Limited and certain of its subsidiaries and provisions relating to events of default, amendments, waivers and defeasance.

Governing Law

        The notes, the guarantee and the indenture will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Consent to Jurisdiction

        Bunge Limited will irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state court or any U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in respect of any legal action or proceeding arising out of or in relation to the indenture, the notes or the guarantee, and will agree that all claims in respect of such legal action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court and will waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.

The Trustee Under the Indenture

        Debt securities of BLFC and BFE will be governed by a document called the "indenture". The trustee for each issuance of debt securities will be identified in the prospectus supplement relating to the issuance of debt securities. The trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more series of debt securities and a successor trustee may be appointed to act with respect to these series.


BOOK ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

Holders of Debt Securities

        Book-Entry Holders.     BLFC and BFE will issue debt securities in book-entry form only, unless the prospectus supplement relating to an offering of notes specifies otherwise. The debt securities will be represented by one or more global securities registered in the name of a financial institution that holds them as depositary on behalf of other financial institutions that participate in the depositary's book-entry system. These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in the debt securities on behalf of themselves or their customers.

        Under the indenture, BLFC and BFE will recognize as a holder only the person in whose name a debt security is registered. Consequently, for debt securities issued in global form, BLFC and BFE will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt securities and BLFC and BFE will make all payments on the debt securities to the depositary. The depositary passes along the payments it receives to its participants, which in turn pass the payments along to their customers who are the beneficial owners.

        The depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have made with one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.

        As a result, purchasers of notes will not own the debt securities directly. Instead, such purchasers will own beneficial interests in a global security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution that participates in the depositary's book-entry system or holds an interest through a participant. As

19


Table of Contents

long as the debt securities are issued in global form, purchasers of notes will be an indirect holder, and not a direct or legal holder, of the debt securities.

        Street Name Holders.     In the future BLFC and BFE may terminate a global security or issue debt securities initially in non-global form. In these cases, you may choose to hold your debt securities in your own name or in "street name." Debt securities held in street name would be registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial institution that you choose, and you would hold only a beneficial interest in those debt securities through an account you maintain at that institution.

        For debt securities held in street name, BLFC and BFE will recognize only the intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of those debt securities, and will make all payments on those debt securities to them. These institutions pass along the payments they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or because they are legally required to do so. If you hold debt securities in street name, you will be an indirect holder, and not a direct or legal holder, of those debt securities.

        Legal Holders.     The obligations of BLFC and BFE as well as the obligations of the trustee and those of any third parties employed by BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, or the trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt securities. BLFC and BFE have no obligations to you if you hold beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any other indirect means. This will be the case whether you choose to be an indirect holder of a debt security or have no choice because BLFC and BFE are issuing the debt securities only in global form.

        For example, once BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, makes a payment or give a notice to the holder, it has no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if BLFC or BFE wants to obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to amend the indenture or to relieve BLFC or BFE of the consequences of a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision of the indenture) it would seek the approval only from the holders, and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and how the holders contact the indirect holders is determined by the holders.

        When BLFC or BFE refers to you, BLFC or BFE means those who invest in the debt securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the direct or legal holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When BLFC or BFE refers to your debt securities, it means the debt securities in which you hold a direct or indirect interest.

        Special Considerations for Indirect Holders.     If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, you should check with your own institution to find out:

20


Table of Contents

Global Securities

        BLFC and BFE will each issue each debt security under the indenture in global form, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement. A global security is a security, typically held by a depositary, that represents the beneficial interests of a number of purchasers of the security. If global securities are issued, the following procedures will apply.

        BLFC and BFE will deposit global securities with the depositary identified in the prospectus supplement. After BLFC and BFE issues a global security, the depositary will credit on its book-entry registration and transfer system the respective principal amounts of the debt securities represented by the global security to the accounts of persons who have accounts with the depositary. These account holders are known as "participants." The underwriters or agents participating in the distribution of the debt securities will designate the accounts to be credited. Only a participant or a person who holds an interest through a participant may be the beneficial owner of a global security. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by the depositary and its participants.

        BLFC, BFE and the trustee will treat the depositary or its nominee as the sole owner or holder of the debt securities represented by a global security. Except as set forth below, owners of beneficial interests in a global security will not be entitled to have the debt securities represented by the global security registered in their names. They also will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of the debt securities in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders of the debt securities.

        Principal, any premium and any interest payments on debt securities represented by a global security registered in the name of a depositary or its nominee will be made to the depositary or its nominee as the registered owner of the global security. None of BLFC, BFE, the trustee or any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the global security or the maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership interests.

        BLFC and BFE expect that the depositary, upon receipt of any payments, will immediately credit participants' accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global security as shown on the depositary's records. BLFC and BFE also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global security will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with the securities held for the accounts of customers registered in "street names," and will be the responsibility of the participants.

        A global security is exchangeable for definitive securities registered in the name of, and a transfer of a global security may be registered to, any person other than the depositary or its nominee, only if:

21


Table of Contents

IN THE REMAINDER OF THIS DESCRIPTION "YOU" MEANS DIRECT HOLDERS AND NOT BOOK-ENTRY, STREET NAME OR OTHER INDIRECT OWNERS OF DEBT SECURITIES.

Form, Exchange, Registration and Transfer

        Debt securities may be issued:

        Holders may exchange their non-global debt securities for debt securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed. This is called an "exchange".

        Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated debt securities at the office of the trustee. BLFC and BFE will initially appoint the trustee to act as its agent for registering debt securities in the names of holders and transferring debt securities. BLFC or BFE may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them on its own. The entity performing the role of maintaining the list of registered holders is called the registrar. It will also perform transfers.

        Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their debt securities, but they may be required to pay for any tax or other governmental charge associated with the exchange or transfer. The transfer or exchange will be made only if the trustee, as registrar, is satisfied with the holder's proof of legal ownership.

        If BLFC or BFE has designated additional registrars for your debt security, they will be named in the prospectus supplement to which your debt security relates. BLFC and BFE may appoint additional registrars or cancel the appointment of any particular registrar.

        If any debt securities are redeemable or may be repurchased and BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, redeems or repurchases less than all those debt securities, BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, may prohibit the transfer or exchange of those debt securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day BLFC or BFE, as applicable, mails the notice of redemption or repurchase and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. BLFC and BFE may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any debt security selected for redemption, except that BLFC and BFE will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt security being partially redeemed.

        If a debt security is issued as a global debt security, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection because it will be the sole holder of the debt security.

22


Table of Contents

Payment and Paying Agent

        BLFC and BFE will only be required to make payment of the principal on a debt security if you surrender the debt security to the paying agent for that debt security. BLFC and BFE will only be required to make payment of principal and interest at the office of the paying agent, except that at their option, they may pay interest by mailing a check to the holder. Payment for any debt security represented by global notes will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by the depositary. Unless BLFC or BFE indicates otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement, BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, will pay interest (other than defaulted interest) to the person who is the holder at the close of business on the regular record date for that interest payment, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on the interest payment date.

        BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, will specify in the applicable prospectus supplement the regular record date relating to an interest payment date for any debt security.

        Payment When Offices Are Closed.     If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a business day, BLFC and BFE will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments postponed to the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indentures as if they were made on the original due date. Postponement of this kind will not result in a default under any debt security or indenture, and no interest will accrue on the postponed amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day unless the applicable prospectus supplement specifies otherwise.

        Paying Agent.     Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, the trustee will be the initial paying agent. BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, may at any time designate additional paying agents, rescind the designation of any paying agent or approve a change in the office through which any paying agent acts, except that BLFC and BFE must maintain a paying agent in each place of payment for each series of debt securities.

        Regardless of who acts as paying agent, all money paid by BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, to a paying agent that remains unclaimed at the end of two years after the amount is due to a holder will be repaid to BLFC or BFE, as applicable. After that two-year period, the holder may look only to BLFC or BFE, as the case may be, (or the guarantor) for payment and not to the trustee, any other paying agent or anyone else.

23


Table of Contents


PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        The Registrants may sell the offered securities:

        Underwriters or Dealers.     If the Registrants use underwriters in the sale of the offered securities, the underwriters will acquire the offered securities for their own account. The underwriters may resell the offered securities in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined at the time of sale. The underwriters may sell the offered securities directly or through underwriting syndicates represented by managing underwriters. Unless otherwise stated in the prospectus supplement or other offering material relating to the offered securities, the obligations of the underwriters to purchase those offered securities will be subject to certain conditions, and the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of those offered securities if they purchase any of them. If the Registrants use a dealer in the sale, the Registrants will sell the offered securities to the dealer as principal. The dealer may then resell those offered securities at varying prices determined at the time of resale. Any initial public offering price and any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers may be changed from time to time.

        Through Agents.     The Registrants may designate one or more agents to sell the offered securities. Unless otherwise stated in a prospectus supplement or other offering material, the agents will agree to use their best efforts to solicit purchases for the period of their appointment.

        Directly.     The Registrants may sell the offered securities directly to one or more purchasers. In this case, no underwriters, dealers or agents would be involved.

        General Information.     A prospectus supplement and/or any additional offering material will state the name of any underwriter, dealer or agent and the amount of any compensation, underwriting discounts, commissions or concessions paid, allowed or re-allowed to them. A prospectus supplement and/or additional offering material will also state the proceeds to the Registrants from the sale of the offered securities, any initial public offering price and other terms of the offering of those offered securities. Underwriting discounts and commissions will not exceed 8% for any offering of securities made pursuant to this prospectus.

        The Registrants may authorize underwriters, dealers or agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase the offered securities from the Registrants at the public offering price and on the terms described in the related prospectus supplement and/or additional offering material pursuant to delayed delivery contracts providing for payment and delivery on a specified date in the future.

        The Registrants may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately-negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by the Registrants or borrowed from any of them or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of securities, and may use securities received from the Registrants in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of securities. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.

        The Registrants may have agreements to indemnify underwriters, dealers and agents against, or to contribute to payments which the underwriters, dealers and agents may be required to make in respect of, certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

24


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the preference shares, common shares and guarantees of any debt securities offered by Bunge Limited under this prospectus and other legal matters relating to Bermuda law will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, Hamilton, Bermuda. David W.P. Cooke, a director of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, serves as an assistant secretary of Bunge Limited. The validity of the debt securities offered by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and the related guarantees by Bunge Limited has been passed upon for us by Reed Smith LLP, New York, New York. Certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York and Allen & Overy LLP, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule incorporated in this Prospectus by reference from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the effectiveness of Bunge Limited's internal control over financial reporting have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports, which are incorporated herein by reference (which report expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness). Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule have been so incorporated in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

25


Table of Contents

 



GRAPHIC




Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the expenses in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

SEC registration fee

  $ *  

Printing and engraving

    50,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    200,000  

Accounting fees

    150,000  

Total

    400,000  

*
Deferred in accordance with Rule 457(r) and Rule 456(b) of the Securities Act

Item 15.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Bunge Limited

        Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law otherwise would be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to Section 281 of the Companies Act. In addition, Section 98 of the Companies Act provides that a company may advance monies to a director, officer or auditor for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by such director, officer or auditor in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against them, on condition that such person shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against them.

        Bunge Limited has adopted provisions in its bye-laws that provide that Bunge Limited shall indemnify its officers and directors and any person appointed to a committee by our board of directors in respect of their actions and omissions in relation to any of the affairs of Bunge Limited, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Bunge Limited's bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of Bunge Limited, against any of Bunge Limited's directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. The indemnification provided in Bunge Limited's bye-laws is not exclusive of other indemnification rights to which a director or officer may be entitled, provided these rights do not extend to his or her fraud or dishonesty. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits Bunge Limited to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not Bunge Limited may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.

        Bunge Limited maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors, secretaries and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to Bunge Limited with respect to payments which may be made by Bunge Limited to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

II-1


Table of Contents

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

        Pursuant to authority conferred by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), Article Seven of the certificate of incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. eliminates the personal liability of directors to Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty. Directors remain liable for (1) any breach of the duty of loyalty to Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or its shareholders, (2) any act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) any violation of Section 174 of the DGCL, which proscribes the payment of dividends and share purchases or redemptions under certain circumstances, and (4) any transaction from which directors derive an improper personal benefit.

        Under Article Seven of the Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with Section 145 of the DGCL, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than any action or suit by or in the right of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. to procure a judgment in its favor, which is hereinafter referred to as a "derivative action") by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., or is or was serving in such capacity at the request of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. for another entity, to the full extent authorized by Delaware law, against expenses (including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe was unlawful.

        Under Section 145 of the DGCL, a similar standard of care is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such an action and then, where the person is adjudged to be liable to Bunge Limited Finance Corp., only if and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action was brought determines that such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to such indemnity and only for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

        Bunge Limited maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to directors and officers of its subsidiaries (which would include Bunge Limited Finance Corp.) against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to Bunge Limited with respect to payments which may be made by Bunge Limited to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

        Under Dutch law, members of the management board may be liable to the company and to third parties for damages in the event of improper or negligent performance of their duties. In certain circumstances they may be liable for damages to the company and to third parties for infringement of the articles of association or of certain provisions of the Dutch Civil Code. Also, in certain circumstances, they may incur additional specific civil and criminal liabilities.

        Bunge Limited maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to directors and officers of its subsidiaries (which would include Bunge Finance Europe B.V.) against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to Bunge Limited with respect to payments which may be made by Bunge Limited to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    List of Exhibits.

(a)
Exhibits

        See the index to exhibits that appears immediately following the signature pages to this registration statement.

(b)
Financial Statement Schedule

        Not applicable.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake:

        1.     To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement:

              (i)  To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

             (ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective Registration Statement; and

            (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement;

provided, however, that clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those clauses is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrants pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the Registration Statement.

        2.     That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        3.     To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

        4.     That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

              (i)  Each prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the Registration Statement; and

             (ii)  Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to

II-3


Table of Contents

    Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the Registration Statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the Registration Statement relating to the securities in the Registration Statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement or prospectus that is part of the Registration Statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the Registration Statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

        5.     That, for the purpose of determining liability of a Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, each undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of such undersigned Registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, such undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

              (i)  Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of such undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

             (ii)  Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of such undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by such undersigned Registrant;

            (iii)  The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about such undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of such undersigned Registrant; and

            (iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by such undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.

        6.     The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of Bunge Limited's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        7.     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 ("Act") may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrants of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to

II-4


Table of Contents

a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        8.     That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        9.     That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        10.   The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to file an application for the purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection (a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the Act.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 6 th day of May, 2016.

    BUNGE LIMITED

 

 

By:

 

/s/ SOREN SCHRODER

Name:  Soren Schroder
Title:    
Chief Executive Officer

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Soren Schroder, Andrew J. Burke and Carla L. Heiss, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Soren Schroder
  Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
  May 6, 2016

*

Andrew J. Burke

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer)

 

May 6, 2016

*

J. Matt Simmons, Jr.

 

Controller and Principal Accounting
Officer

 

May 6, 2016

*

Ernest G. Bachrach

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Enrique H. Boilini

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

S-1


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Carol M. Browner
  Director
    
  May 6, 2016

*

Paul Cornet de Ways-Ruart

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Bernard de La Tour d'Auvergne Lauraguais

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

William Engels

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Andrew Ferrier

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Kathleen Hyle

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

L. Patrick Lupo

 

Director and Chairman of the Board of
Directors

 

May 6, 2016

*

John E. McGlade

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Bunge Limited, U.S. Office
By:  Soren Schroder
Chief Executive Officer

 

Authorized Representative in the
United States

 

May 6, 2016

* Pursuant to Power Of Attorney

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CARLA L. HEISS

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

S-2


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 6 th day of May, 2016.

    BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RAJAT GUPTA

Name:  Rajat Gupta
Title:    
President and Director

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Andrew J. Burke, J. Matt Simmons Jr. and Carla L. Heiss, jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

S-3


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
*

Rajat Gupta
  President and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)
  May 6, 2016

*

Aaron L. Elliott

 

Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

May 6, 2016

*

Andrew J. Burke

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Howard V. Hennigar

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

Carleton D. Pearl

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

*

J. Matt Simmons, Jr.

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

* Pursuant to Power Of Attorney

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CARLA L. HEISS

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

 

S-4


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of White Plains, State of New York, on the 6 th day of May, 2016.

    BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ RAJAT GUPTA

Name:  Rajat Gupta
Title:    
President

        Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Andrew J. Burke, Rajat Gupta and Jerry Matthews Simmons, Jr., jointly and severally, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done and hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys in fact or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

S-5


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ ANDREW J. BURKE

Andrew J. Burke
  Director
    
  May 6, 2016

/s/ JERRY MATTHEWS SIMMONS, JR.

Jerry Matthews Simmons, Jr.

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

/s/ RAJAT GUPTA

Rajat Gupta

 

Director and President
    

 

May 6, 2016

/s/ HOWARD V. HENNIGAR

Howard V. Hennigar

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

/s/ CARLETON D. PEARL

Carleton D. Pearl

 

Director
    

 

May 6, 2016

/s/ CARLA L. HEISS

Carla L. Heiss

 

Secretary
    

 

May 6, 2016

/s/ AARON L. ELLIOT

Aaron L. Elliot

 

Treasurer
    

 

May 6, 2016

S-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  1.1 ** Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

+

Memorandum of Association of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 13, 2001)

 

3.2

+

Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008)

 

3.3

+

Bye-laws of Bunge Limited, as amended May 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 11, 2008)

 

3.4

+

Certificate of Incorporation of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Registration Statement on Form F-4 (No. 333-104975) filed May 5, 2003)

 

3.5

+

By-laws of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Registration Statement on Form F-4 (No. 333-104975) filed May 5, 2003)

 

3.6

*

Deed of Incorporation of Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

 

3.7

*

Articles of Association of Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

 

4.1

+

Form of Common Share Certificate of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 3, 2008)

 

4.2

+

Certificate of Designation for Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preference Shares of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006)

 

4.3

+

Form of Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preference Share Certificate of Bunge Limited (incorporated by reference from Bunge Limited's Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006)

 

4.4

 

Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008)

 

4.5

*

Form of Indenture with respect to Senior Notes of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., guaranteed by Bunge Limited (including the form of senior note)

 

4.6

*

Form of Indenture with respect to Senior Notes of Bunge Finance Europe B.V., guaranteed by Bunge Limited (including the form of senior note)

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited as to validity of Preference Shares and Common Shares to be issued by Bunge Limited and as to validity of guarantees of Bunge Limited with respect to Debt Securities issued by Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and with respect to Debt Securities issued by Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

 

5.2

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP as to validity of Debt Securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and the related Guarantees by Bunge Limited

 

5.3

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP as to the validity of Debt Securities of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and the related Guarantees by Bunge Limited

E-1


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  12.1 + Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 12.1 filed with Bunge Limited's Annual Report Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015)

 

23.1

*

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

23.2

*

Consents of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibits 5.1)

 

23.3

*

Consent of Reed Smith LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2 and Exhibit 5.3)

 

25.1

*

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 for the Debt Securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., guaranteed by Bunge Limited

 

25.2

*

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 for the Debt Securities of Bunge Finance Europe B.V., guaranteed by Bunge Limited

°
Previously filed.

*
Filed herewith.

**
To be filed by amendment or as an exhibit to a document to be incorporated by reference into this Registration Statement in connection with an offering of common shares or preference shares by Bunge Limited or debt securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

+
Incorporated by reference.

E-2




Exhibit 3.6

 

 

 

Uittreksel Handelsregister Kamer

van Koophandel

 

KvK-nummer 24347428
Pagina 1 (van 2)

 

Rechtspersoon

RSIN

 

812131022

Rechtsvorm

 

Besloten Vennootschap

Statutaire naam

 

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

Statutaire zetel

 

Rotterdam

Bezoekadres

 

11720 Borman Drive, Legal Department, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Eerste inschrijving handelsregister

 

14-04-2003

Datum akte van oprichting

 

09-04-2003

Datum akte laatste
statutenwijziging

 

05-05-2003

Activiteiten

 

SBI-code: 64922 - Volkskredietbanken en commerciële financieringsmaatschappijen Financieringsmaatschappij.

Geplaatst kapitaal

 

EUR 18.000,00

Gestort kapitaal

 

EUR 18.000,00

Deponering jaarstuk

 

De jaarrekening over boekjaar 2015 is gedeponeerd op 15-04-2016.

 

 

 

Enig aandeelhouder

 

 

Naam

 

Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

Bezoekadres

 

11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Ingeschreven in

 

Secretary of State of, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

 

 

onder nummer 3143916

Enig aandeelhouder sedert

 

09-04-2003

 

 

 

Bestuurders

 

 

Naam

 

Pearl, Carleton Day

Geboortedatum en -plaats

 

05-09-1943, New York, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Datum in functie

 

09-04-2003

Titel

 

Directeur

Bevoegdheid

 

Alleen/zelfstandig bevoegd

 

 

 

Naam

 

Hennigar, Howard Vinson

Geboortedatum en -plaats

 

25-12-1942, Massachusetts, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Datum in functie

 

07-02-2007

Titel

 

Directeur

Bevoegdheid

 

Alleen/zelfstandig bevoegd

 

 

 

Naam

 

Burke, Andrew John

Geboortedatum en -plaats

 

14-05-1955, Paterson, New Yersey, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Datum in functie

 

24-09-2010 (datum registratie: 24-09-2010)

Titel

 

Directeur

Bevoegdheid

 

Alleen/zelfstandig bevoegd

 

Dit uittreksel is gewaarmerkt met een digitale handtekening en is een officieel bewijs van inschrijving in het Handelsregister. In Adobe kunt u de handtekening bovenin het scherm controleren. Meer informatie hierover vindt u op www.kvk.nl/egd. De Kamer van Koophandel adviseert dit uittreksel alleen digitaal te gebruiken zodat de integriteit van het document gewaarborgd en de ondertekening verifieerbaar blijft.

 

2016-05-05 20:29:42

 



 

Uittreksel Handelsregister Kamer
van Koophandel

 

KvK-nummer 24347428
Pagina 2 (van 2)

 

Naam

 

Gupta, Rajat

Geboortedatum en -plaats

 

07-06-1968, Ferozepore, Punjab, India

Datum in functie

 

10-03-2015 (datum registratie: 01-05-2015)

Titel

 

Director

Bevoegdheid

 

Alleen/zelfstandig bevoegd

 

 

 

Naam

 

Simmons, Jerry Matthews

Geboortedatum en -plaats

 

19-12-1965, Texas, Verenigde Staten van Amerika

Datum in functie

 

25-09-2015 (datum registratie: 18-11-2015)

Titel

 

Director

Bevoegdheid

 

Alleen/zelfstandig bevoegd

 

 

 

 

 

Uittreksel is vervaardigd op 05-05-2016 om 20.29 uur.

 

Dit uittreksel is gewaarmerkt met een digitale handtekening en is een officieel bewijs van inschrijving in het Handelsregister. In Adobe kunt u de handtekening bovenin het scherm controleren. Meer informatie hierover vindt u op www.kvk.nl/egd. De Kamer van Koophandel adviseert dit uittreksel alleen digitaal te gebruiken zodat de integriteit van het document gewaarborgd en de ondertekening verifieerbaar blijft.

 

2016-05-05 20:29:42

 




Exhibit 3.7

 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC


 

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 4.5

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.,

as Issuer

 

BUNGE LIMITED,

as Guarantor

 

AND

 

MUFG UNION BANK, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

[ ]% Senior Notes Due [ ]

 

FORM OF INDENTURE

 

Dated as of [ ]

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

 

 

Section 1.01. Definitions

1

 

 

Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

12

 

 

Section 1.03. Rules of Construction

12

 

 

ARTICLE 2

 

The Notes

 

 

 

Section 2.01. Form, Dating and Terms

13

 

 

Section 2.02. Execution and Authentication

15

 

 

Section 2.03. Registrar and Paying Agent

16

 

 

Section 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

17

 

 

Section 2.05. Noteholder Lists

17

 

 

Section 2.06. Transfer and Exchange

17

 

 

Section 2.07. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

19

 

 

Section 2.08. Outstanding Notes

20

 

 

Section 2.09. Temporary Notes

20

 

 

Section 2.10. Cancellation

20

 

 

Section 2.11. Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

21

 

 

Section 2.12. Computation of Interest

22

 

 

Section 2.13. CUSIP and ISIN Numbers

22

 

 

Section 2.14. Tax Treatment

22

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Covenants

 

 

 

Section 3.01. Payment of Notes

22

 

 

Section 3.02. Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company

22

 

i



 

Section 3.03. Limitation on Liens

24

 

 

Section 3.04. Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions

24

 

 

Section 3.05. Exclusion from Limitations

24

 

 

Section 3.06. Maintenance of Office or Agency

25

 

 

Section 3.07. Corporate Existence

25

 

 

Section 3.08. Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

25

 

 

Section 3.09. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

25

 

 

Section 3.10. Payments for Consent

26

 

 

Section 3.11. Compliance Certificate

26

 

 

Section 3.12. Further Instruments and Acts

26

 

 

Section 3.13. Statement by Officers as to Default

26

 

 

Section 3.14. Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings

26

 

 

Section 3.15. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

27

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Successor Guarantor

 

 

 

Section 4.01. Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor

29

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Optional Redemption of Notes

 

 

 

Section 5.01. Optional Redemption by the Company

30

 

 

Section 5.02. Applicability of Article

30

 

 

Section 5.03. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

31

 

 

Section 5.04. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

31

 

 

Section 5.05. Notice of Redemption

31

 

 

Section 5.06. Deposit of Redemption Price

32

 

 

Section 5.07. Notes Payable on Redemption Date

32

 

 

Section 5.08. Notes Redeemed in Part

33

 

ii



 

ARTICLE 6

 

Defaults and Remedies

 

 

 

Section 6.01. Events of Default

33

 

 

Section 6.02. Acceleration

34

 

 

Section 6.03. Other Remedies

35

 

 

Section 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults

35

 

 

Section 6.05. Control by Majority

35

 

 

Section 6.06. Limitation on Suits

36

 

 

Section 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

36

 

 

Section 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

36

 

 

Section 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

36

 

 

Section 6.10. Priorities

37

 

 

Section 6.11. Undertaking for Costs

37

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Trustee

 

 

 

Section 7.01. Duties of Trustee

37

 

 

Section 7.02. Rights of Trustee

39

 

 

Section 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

40

 

 

Section 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer

40

 

 

Section 7.05. Notice of Defaults

41

 

 

Section 7.06. Report by Trustee to Holders

41

 

 

Section 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity

41

 

 

Section 7.08. Replacement of Trustee

42

 

 

Section 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger

43

 

 

Section 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification

43

 

 

Section 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

43

 

iii



 

Section 7.12. Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company

43

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

 

 

 

Section 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

44

 

 

Section 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance

45

 

 

Section 8.03. Application of Trust Money

46

 

 

Section 8.04. Repayment to Company

46

 

 

Section 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities

46

 

 

Section 8.06. Reinstatement

47

 

 

ARTICLE 9

 

Amendments

 

 

 

Section 9.01. Without Consent of Holders

47

 

 

Section 9.02. With Consent of Holders

48

 

 

Section 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

48

 

 

Section 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

49

 

 

Section 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

49

 

 

Section 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments

49

 

 

ARTICLE 10

 

Guarantee

 

 

 

Section 10.01. Guarantee

49

 

 

Section 10.02. No Subrogation

51

 

 

Section 10.03. Consideration

51

 

 

ARTICLE 11

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

 

Section 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls

51

 

 

Section 11.02. Notices

51

 

 

Section 11.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders

52

 

iv



 

Section 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

53

 

 

Section 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

53

 

 

Section 11.06. When Notes Disregarded

53

 

 

Section 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

53

 

 

Section 11.08. Legal Holidays

53

 

 

Section 11.09. Governing Law

54

 

 

Section 11.10. No Recourse Against Others

54

 

 

Section 11.11. Successors

54

 

 

Section 11.12. Consent to Jurisdiction

54

 

 

Section 11.13. Appointment for Agent for Service of Process

54

 

 

Section 11.14. Waiver of Immunities

54

 

 

Section 11.15. Additional Amounts

55

 

 

Section 11.16. Judgment Currency

55

 

 

Section 11.17. No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Company; Liability of the Company

55

 

 

Section 11.18. Multiple Originals

56

 

 

Section 11.19. Qualification of Indenture

56

 

 

Section 11.20. Table of Contents; Headings

56

 

 

Section 11.21. Force Majeure

56

 

 

Section 11.22. U.S.A. Patriot Act

57

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Face of Initial Notes and Subsequent Notes

 

SCHEDULE 1.1

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

 

SCHEDULE 3.4

Existing Liens

 

 

v



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

 

Indenture

310(a)(1)

 

Section 7.10.

(a)(2)

 

Section 7.10.

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

Section 7.08., Section 7.10.

(c)

 

N.A.

311(a)

 

Section 7.11.

(b)

 

Section 7.11.

(c)

 

N.A.

312(a)

 

Section 2.05.

(b)

 

Section 11.03.

(c)

 

Section 11.03.

313(a)

 

Section 11.06.

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

(b)(2)

 

Section 7.06.

(c)

 

Section 7.06.

(d)

 

Section 7.06.

314(a)

 

Section 3.10., Section 11.02.

 

 

Section 11.05.

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)(1)

 

Section 11.04.

(c)(2)

 

Section 11.04.

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

(d)

 

N.A.

(e)

 

Section 11.05.

315(a)

 

Section 7.01.

(b)

 

Section 7.05., Section 11.02.

(c)

 

Section 7.01.

(d)

 

Section 7.01.

(e)

 

Section 6.11.

316(a)(last sentence)

 

Section 11.06.

(a)(1)(A)

 

Section 6.05.

(a)(1)(B)

 

Section 6.04.

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

Section 6.08.

317(a)(1)

 

Section 6.08.

(a)(2)

 

Section 6.09.

(b)

 

Section 2.04.

318(a)

 

Section 11.01.

 

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

i



 

FORM OF INDENTURE dated as of [ ] , among BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as issuer, BUNGE LIMITED, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda with limited liability (the “ Guarantor ”), as guarantor, and MUFG UNION BANK, N.A., a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), as trustee.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company’s [ ]% Senior Notes Due [ ] issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) if and when issued, additional [ ] % Senior Notes Due [ ] which may be offered subsequent to the Issue Date and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Subsequent Notes ” and together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”).

 

ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.  Definitions.

 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided, however, that the existence of a management contract by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company to manage another entity shall not be deemed to be control.

 

Agent Member ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(d)(iii) hereof.

 

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, when used with respect to any Sale-Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

 

“Authenticating Agent” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

 

Below Investment Grade Rating Event ” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an event that would, if consummated, result in a Change of Control until the end of the sixty (60) day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control, which sixty (60) day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by each of the Rating Agencies.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

1



 

“Bunge Master Trust” means the trust created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, a beneficial interest in the assets of which the Company has acquired through the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in The City of New York, New York.

 

“Capital Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock or shares, preferred stock or shares and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                  the Guarantor becomes aware (by way of report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or written notice) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor then outstanding;

 

(2)                                  the sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or

 

(3)                                  the first day on which a majority of the members of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

 

“Change of Control Offer” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

“Change of Control Payment” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

“Change of Control Payment Date” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company ” means Bunge Limited Finance Corp. or its successor.

 

Company Order ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

 

Company Permitted Lien ” means:

 

2



 

(1) Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

 

(2) any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(3) any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

 

(4) Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default; and

 

(5) Liens securing obligations under a Hedge Agreement.

 

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

 

(1)                                  all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed);

 

(2)                                  total prepaid expenses and deferred charges; and

 

(3)                                  all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, licenses, copyrights and other intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for its most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the date of the issuance of the Initial Notes; or (2) was nominated for election, appointed or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Guarantor’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director).

 

Corporate Trust Office ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.06 hereof.

 

covenant defeasance option ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

3


 

Definitive Notes ” means certificated Notes.

 

Designated Obligor ” means the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto and any other Subsidiary designated by the Guarantor from time to time as eligible to be an obligor with respect to any intercompany loan sold to the master trust under the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and each of their successors.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.01 hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arms-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer, and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion to buy or sell, respectively.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31 of each year.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Limited.

 

Global Note ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

 

guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                  to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)                                  entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

provided, however, that the term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee,” when used as a verb, has a corresponding meaning.

 

4



 

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of payment of the Notes and any other obligations of the Company by the Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

Guarantor ” means Bunge Limited.

 

Guaranty ” means the Eighth Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of November 20, 2014, by the Guarantor to Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank International,” New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Hedge Agreements ” means all swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (e) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by such Person (including without limitation, obligations under any such agreement which provides that the rights and remedies of the seller or lender thereunder in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit and similar instruments, including without limitation obligations under reimbursement agreements, (g) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person and (h) all guarantees of such Person (other than guarantees of obligations of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person).

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Initial Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Issue Date ” means the date on which the Initial Notes are originally issued.

 

legal defeasance option ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

5



 

Legal Holiday ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.08 hereof.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

 

Master Trust Transaction Documents ” means the collective reference to the Pooling Agreement, the Series 2002-1 Supplement, the Series 2002-1 VFC, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the Guaranty.

 

Master Trust Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under, and for the purposes of, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and any successor thereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse effect, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Guarantor which at such time is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.  The Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Note Register ” means the register of Notes, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Notes ” means the collective reference to the Initial Notes and the Subsequent Notes.

 

Obligations ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.01 hereof.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer or attorney-in-fact of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel, which counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.  The form and substance of such Opinion of Counsel shall likewise be acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money, the proceeds of which are used to either purchase interests in the Series 2002-1 VFC, refinance Indebtedness originally used for such purpose and/or pay expenses incurred in connection with this Indenture or any such other Indebtedness, and indebtedness incurred in connection with Hedge Agreements, in each case which ranks not greater than pari passu (in priority of payment) with the Notes.

 

6



 

Paying Agent ” means the Person (including the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Notes on behalf of the Company.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company under the Notes and (b) Pari Passu Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(1)                                  Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

 

(2)                                  any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(3)                                  any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

 

(4)                                  any Liens securing the claims of mechanics, laborers, workmen, repairmen, materialmen, suppliers, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, or vendors or other claims provided for by mandatory provisions of law which are not yet due and delinquent, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(5)                                  any Lien on any Restricted Property securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of constructing or acquiring such Restricted Property, which Lien attaches to such Restricted Property concurrently with or within 120 days after construction, acquisition or completion of a series of related acquisitions thereof;

 

(6)                                  Liens existing immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Indenture (and listed on Schedule 3.4 hereto);

 

(7)                                  Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default;

 

(8)                                  Liens on Restricted Property or with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, that either (i) existed prior to the acquisition of (A) such Restricted Property, (B) any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Property or (C) with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, any such Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) arise as a result of contractual commitments to grant a Lien relating to (A) such Restricted Property, (B) any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary or (C) with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, any such Restricted Subsidiary, in each of (A), (B) and (C) existing prior to such acquisition;

 

7



 

(9)                                  Liens created by a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary;

 

(10)                           Liens on any accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(11)                           Liens on rights under contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(12)                           Liens on cash deposited as collateral in connection with financings where Liens are permitted under clause (10) and (11) of this definition;

 

(13)                           Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part Liens permitted pursuant to (i) clauses (1) through (5) and (7) through (12), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed its original principal amount and (ii) in the case of clause (6), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Indenture;

 

(14)                           minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties that constitute Restricted Property, which are necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar activities and similarly situated and which do not in any event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)                           Liens on accounts receivable and other related assets arising in connection with transfers thereof to the extent such transfers are treated as true sales of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 166, and such accounts receivable and related assets are not consolidated on the consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under FASB Statement No. 167;

 

(16)                           Liens on intercompany loans made to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or on any notes or other instruments representing an interest in such intercompany loans in each case as set forth in the Master Trust Transaction Documents;

 

(17)                           Liens securing obligations under a Hedge Agreement or swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement related to equities or commodities;

 

(18)                           Liens on any checking account, saving account, clearing account, futures account, deposit account, securities account, brokerage account, custody account or other account (or on any assets held in such account), securing obligations under any agreement or arrangement related to the opening of or provision of clearing, pooling, zero-balancing, brokerage, settlement, margin or other services related to such account (or on any assets held in such account), which customarily exist on similar accounts (or on any assets held in such accounts) of corporations in connection with the opening of, or provision of clearing, pooling, zero-balancing, brokerage, settlement, margin or other services related, to such accounts; and

 

8



 

(19)                           Liens securing any obligations related to the issuance of a letter of credit or any similar instrument, including without limitation, obligations under reimbursement agreements.

 

For purposes of this definition above, (A) the phrases “accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers” and “contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to (from) export customers” shall refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Restricted Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be or have been “acquired” by the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving or continuing entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

 

Pooling Agreement ” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer, and the Master Trust Trustee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Principal Trust Office ” means the Corporate Trust Office or such other trust office or agency as may be designated by the Trustee in writing to the Company from time to time, or the designated corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.  The initial Principal Trust Office shall be the office of the Trustee to which notices are to be sent as set forth in Section 11.02 hereof.

 

Property ” means any property, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal.

 

Rating Agencies ” means (1) Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; and (2) if Moody’s, S&P or Fitch ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Bunge Limited which shall be substituted for any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, or all of them, as the case may be.

 

Redemption Date ” means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning ascribed to it under the section entitled “Optional Redemption by the Company” on the reverse side of the Notes, the forms of which are attached as Exhibits A and B hereto.

 

Registrar ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.03 hereof.

 

9



 

Representatives to the Underwriters ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.

 

Restricted Property ” means any building, mine, structure or other facility (together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) and inventories now owned or hereafter acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary and used for oilseed or grain origination, processing, transportation or storage, mining or fertilizer refining or storage.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means (a) any Designated Obligor or (b) any Material Subsidiary.

 

Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means the sale or transfer by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Restricted Property to a Person (other than the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) and the taking back by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Restricted Property.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by DTC), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

Series 2002-1 Supplement ” means the Sixth Amended and Restated Series 2002-1 Supplement to the Pooling Agreement, dated as of November 20, 2014, among the Company, Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc. and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Series 2002-1 VFC ” means the interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement that is designated as the “Series 2002-1 VFC Certificate” in which the Company will acquire a beneficial interest with the net proceeds of the Notes and other Permitted Indebtedness.

 

Servicing Agreement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003 among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as the servicer, and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Special Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Special Record Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

10



 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subsequent Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners’ equity interests (considering all partners’ equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a Person, one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or combination thereof.

 

Successor Guarantor ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

 

Trust Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the individuals who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such individual’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, such successor.

 

Underwriters ” means, collectively, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Mizuho Securities USA Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Rabo Securities USA, Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., ABN AMRO Securities (USA) LLC, Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., ING Financial Markets LLC, Lloyds Securities Inc., Natixis Securities Americas LLC, SG Americas Securities, LLC, and Standard Chartered Bank.

 

U.S. GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

U.S. Government Securities ” means securities that are (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (b) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case, are not

 

11



 

callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Section 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

 

“Commission” means the SEC.

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined in the Trust Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

Section 1.03.  Rules of Construction.  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)                                  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with U.S. GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(3)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

(4)                                  “including” means including without limitation;

 

(5)                                  words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; and

 

12



 

(6)                                  the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date and prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

ARTICLE 2
THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.  Form, Dating and Terms.  (a)  The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated [ ] among the Company, the Guarantor and Representatives to the Underwriters.

 

The Initial Notes offered and sold to the Underwriters will be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof (the “ Global Note ”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by DTC’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for DTC or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by DTC.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least [ ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

Any Subsequent Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A hereto and in Section 2.01(c) hereof.  The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

 

13


 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 3.15 hereof.  The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 5.

 

(b)                                                          Denominations .  The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of [ ] and any integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof.

 

(c)                                                           Legends .  Each of the Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

“UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.”

 

(d)                                                          Book-Entry Provisions .  (i) This Section 2.01(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC.

 

(ii)                                                           Each Global Note initially shall (A) be registered in the name of DTC or the nominee of DTC, (B) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for DTC and (C) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

 

(iii)                                                        Members of, or participants in, DTC (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or by the Trustee as the custodian of DTC or under such Global Note, and DTC may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of DTC governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(iv)                                                       In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof to beneficial owners who are required to

 

14



 

hold Definitive Notes, the Securities Custodian shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

 

(v)                                                          In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by DTC in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(vi)                                                       The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(e)                                                           Definitive Notes .

 

(i)                                                              Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes.  If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with DTC’s and the Registrar’s procedures.  In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) DTC notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note, or DTC ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when DTC is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (b) subject to the procedures of DTC, the Company or the Guarantor executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from DTC.

 

(ii)                                                           In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

 

Section 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.  One Officer shall execute the Notes, on behalf of the Company, by manual or facsimile signature.  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note.  The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that

 

15



 

such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.  A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) at any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date initially in an aggregate principal amount of [ ]; and (2) if and when issued, the Subsequent Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the “ Company Order ”).  Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Subsequent Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to [ ] outstanding (plus any Subsequent Notes), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 2.09, Section 5.08 or Section 9.05 hereof.  All Notes issued on the Issue Date and all Subsequent Notes shall be identical in all respects other than issue date, issue price and the date from which interest accrues and any changes relating thereto; provided that if the Subsequent Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Subsequent Notes will have a separate CUSIP number.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes of the same class will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, unless otherwise provided in this Indenture, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as a Paying Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Section 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.  The Company shall cause to be kept a register for the Notes (the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of all transfers and exchanges with respect thereto.  The Note Register shall be maintained by the Trustee or such other Person (including the Company or the Guarantor) appointed by the Company as the registrar (the “ Registrar ”).  The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Place of Payment ”).  The Company shall cause each of the Registrar and the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York.  The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

16



 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar and Paying Agent that is not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the Trust Indenture Act.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent.  If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or transfer agent.

 

The Company initially appoints DTC to act as depository with respect to the Global Notes.  The Trustee is authorized to enter into a letter of representations with DTC in the form provided to the Trustee by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

 

The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due.  The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or the Guarantor in making any such payment.  If the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.  Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05.  Noteholder Lists.  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                                          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof or this Section 2.06.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written

 

17



 

communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

 

(b)                                                          Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

 

(i)                                                              To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 2, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                                           No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or the Guarantor may require from a Holder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.15 and Section 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)                                                        The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of, or exchange of, any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

(iv)                                                       Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v)                                                          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt, and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(vi)                                                       All Global Notes shall be registered in the name of DTC, or a nominee thereof, and all transfers of beneficial ownership interests therein will be made in accordance with the rules of DTC.  No investor or other party purchasing, selling or otherwise transferring beneficial ownership interests in Global Notes shall receive, hold or deliver any certificate representing the same.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for transfers of beneficial ownership interests in any Global Note.

 

(vii)                                                    Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal or state securities law.

 

18



 

(c)                                                           No Obligation of the Trustee .

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, an Agent Member or any other Person with respect to (A) the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes, (B) the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes, or (C) the selection of the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed or refunded in the event of a partial redemption or refunding of the Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(ii)                                                           The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among DTC, its Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture with respect to transfers between Holders, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(iii)                                None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

 

Section 2.07.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.  If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.  Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

19



 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.07, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.07 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, the Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

Section 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.  Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  A Note ceases to be outstanding in the event the Company holds the Note; provided , however , that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, Notes shall cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.09.  Temporary Notes.  Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes.  After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the

 

20



 

temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.  Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Notes.

 

Section 2.10.  Cancellation.  The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee, and no one else, shall cancel and dispose of all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation, in its customary manner.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

 

Section 2.11.  Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest .  Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 

(a)                                                          The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 hereof, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record

 

21



 

Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

 

(b)                                                          The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.12.  Computation of Interest.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Section 2.13.  CUSIP and ISIN Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers as they appear on any Notes, notice or elsewhere, and provided further , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP or ISIN numbers.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

Section 2.14.  Tax Treatment.   The Company and each holder and beneficial owner intend, and will take all actions consistent with the intention, that the Notes be treated as indebtedness for all federal, state, local, and foreign income and franchise tax purposes.  The Company, by entering into this Indenture, and each holder and beneficial owner, by its acceptance of its Note, agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness for federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE 3
COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01.  Payment of Notes.  The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date.

 

22



 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture and subject to Section 11.15, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other taxes imposed by the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

Section 3.02.  Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company .  (a) The Company shall not engage in any business or enterprise or enter into or be a party to any transaction or agreement other than in connection with (i) the issuance and sale of the Notes, (ii) the incurrence of other Permitted Indebtedness, (iii) the entering into of Hedge Agreements relating to the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness having a notional amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other Permitted Indebtedness then outstanding and (iv) the use of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness to either increase its investment in the Series 2002-1 VFC, repay the Notes or other Permitted Indebtedness outstanding from time to time or pay expenses incurred in connection with such Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not acquire or own any subsidiary or other assets or property (either real or personal), except for (i) the Series 2002-1 VFC, (ii) Hedge Agreements, and (iii) instruments evidencing the interests in the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Company Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to any of its Property; provided , however , it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, including any Lien which would otherwise constitute a Permitted Lien in the case of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Company Permitted Liens.

 

(e)                                   The Company shall not enter into any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, joint venture, syndicate or other form of combination with any Person, and shall not sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or receivables, including, without limitation, the Series 2002-1 VFC or any interest in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall not amend, supplement, waive or modify, or consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of, any Master Trust Transaction Document except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.02(f).  Any provision of any Master Trust Transaction Document may be amended, waived, supplemented, restated, discharged or terminated without the consent of the Holders so long as in each case, the Trustee shall have received prior notice thereof together with copies of any documentation related thereto; provided that such amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement does not (i) render the Series 2002-1 VFC subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust or otherwise adversely discriminate against the Series 2002-1 VFC relative to any other Series under the

 

23


 

Bunge Master Trust, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on or in respect of the Series 2002-1 VFC, (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way the amount of, the interest of the Company in the assets of the Bunge Master Trust, (iv) change the definition of “Eligible Loans” or, to the extent used in such definition, other defined terms used in such definition, (v) result in a Default or Event of Default, or (vi) terminate the Bunge Master Trust with respect to less than all of the then outstanding Series issued by the Bunge Master Trust; and provided , further , that, the Bunge Master Trust may be terminated at any time with respect to all Series then outstanding without the consent of the Holders.  Any amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement of a Master Trust Transaction Document (including any exhibit thereto) of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of this Section 3.02(f) shall require the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes.

 

Section 3.03.  Limitation on Liens.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon or with respect to any Restricted Property or upon any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes), unless all of the outstanding Notes and the Guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

 

Section 3.04.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

(a)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction occurs within six months from the date of the acquisition of the Restricted Property subject thereto or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such Restricted Property, whichever is later; or

 

(b)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction is between the Guarantor and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or

 

(c)                                                           the Sale-Leaseback Transaction involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than three years; or

 

(d)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Permitted Lien for the purposes of Section 3.03 hereof; or

 

(e)                                                           the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, within a one year period after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, (i) applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction to the prepayment, repayment, redemption, reduction or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary having a maturity of more than one year that is not subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee or (ii) enters into a bona fide commitment to expend an amount not less than the Attributable

 

24



 

Indebtedness for such Sale-Leaseback Transaction during such one-year period to the acquisition, construction or development of other similar Property.

 

Section 3.05.  Exclusion from Limitations.  Notwithstanding Sections 3.03 and 3.04 hereof, the Guarantor may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Restricted Property or the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes) or effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction of a Restricted Property that is not excepted by Section 3.04(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Guarantee; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness (other than the Notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Restricted Property and the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary plus the Attributable Indebtedness from Sale-Leaseback Transactions of Restricted Property not so excepted, do not exceed 20% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

Section 3.06.  Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Company will maintain in The City of New York, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The office or agency (the “ Corporate Trust Office ”) used by the Trustee in The City of New York as its office or agency for receiving securities, as the same may from time to time be designated by the Trustee, shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of The City of New York) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in The City of New York for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

Section 3.07.  Corporate Existence.   Subject to Article 4 hereof, each of the Company and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain its corporate rights (charter and statutory), licenses, privileges and franchises; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, privilege or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the

 

25



 

Holders; and provided further , the Guarantor may amalgamate or merge in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.08.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.  The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Guarantor shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are customary for the Guarantor’s type of business.

 

Section 3.09.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.  Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all federal income and other material taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges imposed on it, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves to the extent required by U.S. GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or the Guarantor or (ii) the nonpayment of such federal income and other material taxes, assessments and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.10.  Payments for Consent.  Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 3.11.  Compliance Certificate.  The Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company and the Guarantor a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and the Guarantor, respectively, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an officer of the Company and the Guarantor he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such period.  If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.  The Company also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 314(a)(4).

 

Section 3.12.  Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.13.  Statement by Officers as to Default.   The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of

 

26



 

such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 3.14.  Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings.  The Guarantor shall give written notice to the Trustee promptly after becoming aware of (i) any changes in taxes, duties or other fees of Bermuda or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or any change in any laws of Bermuda, in each case, that may affect any payment due under this Indenture, (ii) any change in such Guarantor’s public or private debt ratings by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined by the SEC for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (iii) any development or event which has had, or which the Guarantor in its good faith judgment believes will have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibilities or duties with respect to any such notice.  Delivery of any such notice to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such notice shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

Section 3.15.  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  (a)  If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently irrevocably exercised its right to redeem all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.05 hereof without such redemption being subject to any conditions precedent, the Company shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

 

(i)                                                              that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.15 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company;

 

(ii)                                                           the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event;

 

(iii)                                                        the date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, by which the Company must purchase the Notes (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(iv)                                                       the price that the Company must pay for the Notes it is obligated to purchase;

 

(v)                                                          the name and address of the Trustee;

 

27



 

(vi)                                                       that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(vii)                                                    that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(viii)                                                 that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(ix)                                                       that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(x)                                                          that if the Company is repurchasing less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof; and

 

(xi)                                                       the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 3.15, that a Holder must follow.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.  If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.  The Company shall comply with all federal and state securities laws, including, specifically, Rule 13e-4, if applicable, under the Exchange Act, and any related Schedule 13E-4 required to be submitted under that rule, to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.15 by virtue thereof.

 

(b)                                                          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law:

 

28



 

(i)                                                              accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(ii)                                                           deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

(iii)                                                        deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating the aggregate principal amount of such Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company.

 

(c)                                                           The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)                                                          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.04, 5.06 and 5.08 hereof.

 

(e)                                                           Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not purchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default, unless such Event of Default results from the Company’s failure to pay the Change of Control Payment following the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

ARTICLE 4
SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR

 

Section 4.01.  Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease, or convey all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

 

(a)                                                          in the case of the Guarantor:

 

(i)                                                              the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) shall be either the Guarantor or a Person organized under the laws of Bermuda, the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, any full member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, and the Successor Guarantor (if not the Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture; and

 

29



 

(ii)                                                           immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would be an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(b)                                                          in the case of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Company):

 

(i)                                                              such transaction is a merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary with or into, or a consolidation of such Subsidiary with, the Guarantor (so long as the Guarantor is the surviving, continuing or resulting entity) or another Subsidiary or the sale, lease or conveyance by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to the Guarantor or another Subsidiary; or

 

(ii)                                                           such transaction is the merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary with or into, the consolidation of such Subsidiary with, or the sale, lease or conveyance by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to, another Person (provided that such Person is not an Affiliate of such Subsidiary), so long as immediately prior to, and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by the Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor.

 

If the Guarantor engages in one of the transactions described above and complies with the conditions listed above, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Guarantor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (including additional amounts).

 

In the event that the Guarantor consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person subject to the terms of this Section 4.01 (a “ Transfer ”) and the Successor Guarantor is a Person organized under the laws of a member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, then the Guarantor and the Successor Guarantor shall, as a condition to such Transfer, (A) enter into a supplemental indenture with the Trustee providing for full, unconditional and irrevocable indemnification of the holders and beneficial owners of the Notes and the Trustee against any tax or duty of whatever nature (other than any tax imposed by reason of the holders or beneficial owners of the Notes having some connection with any such jurisdiction, other than their participation as holders or beneficial owners of the Notes under this Indenture) which is incurred or otherwise suffered by such holders and beneficial owners and the Trustee with respect to the Notes and which would not have been incurred or otherwise suffered in the absence of such Transfer; and (B) deliver to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, legal opinions of independent legal counsel in New York and the applicable member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland the laws of which the Successor Guarantor is

 

30



 

organized under, as applicable, to the effect that the Obligations of the Successor Guarantor with respect to the Guarantee, as the case may be, are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

ARTICLE 5
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

Section 5.01.  Optional Redemption by the Company.   The Notes may be redeemed at any time as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

 

Section 5.02.  Applicability of Article.   Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 5.

 

Section 5.03.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.  The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.05 hereof or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof.

 

Section 5.04.  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.   If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, which shall comply with the procedures of DTC and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than [ ].

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 5.05.  Notice of Redemption.   Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner

 

31



 

provided for in Section 11.02 hereof not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.  The Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date the notice of redemption is to be given (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)                                  the Redemption Date,

 

(2)                                  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof, if any,

 

(3)                                  if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 

(4)                                  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)                                  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)                                  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(7)                                  the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(8)                                  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price,

 

(9)                                  the CUSIP number, and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

 

(10)                           any conditions applicable to such redemption.

 

Section 5.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.  Prior to 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued

 

32



 

interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

Section 5.07.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.   Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

Section 5.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part.  Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, DTC shall select the Notes for redemption if evidenced by a Global Note according to DTC’s stated procedures therefor.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.  Events of Default.  With respect to the Notes, an “ Event of Default ” occurs if:

 

(1)                                  the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

(2)                                  the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                  the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or under any Note (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

33


 

(4)                                  the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments to which it is a party on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, the effect of which default or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such indebtedness constituting a guarantee) to become payable and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such indebtedness in an amount exceeding [ ]; or

 

(5)                                  (i) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

34



 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after becoming aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Default or Event of Default under clauses (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.01, which such notice shall contain the status thereof and a description of the action being taken or proposed to be taken by the Company in respect thereof.

 

Section 6.02.  Acceleration.  (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default described in paragraph (5) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, then in each and every such case, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

(b)                                  In the event the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02(a) hereof, the Trustee shall instruct the Company, and the Company shall instruct the Master Trust Trustee, to declare due and payable the principal and accrued interest in respect of the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of such Notes invested in the Series 2002-1 VFC.

 

Section 6.03.  Other Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative.

 

Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes that have been accelerated (voting as a single class) by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences with respect to the Notes except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 hereof cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  When a

 

35



 

Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

Section 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.  Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or any of the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                  the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                  the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes make a request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                  the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period.

 

A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Noteholders) .

 

Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing

 

36



 

(together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 6.07 hereof.

 

Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Guarantor, any of the Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Section 6.10.  Priorities.  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

SECOND:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD:  to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.  At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.   In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is

 

37



 

continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it against loss, liability or expense.

 

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(b)                                                          The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                  this paragraph does not limit the effect of the second paragraph of Section 7.01(a);

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(c)                                                           Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs Section 7.01(a) and (b) hereof.

 

(d)                                                          The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

(e)                                                           Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)                                                            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that

 

38



 

repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(g)                                                           Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(h)                                                          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

Section 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(a)                                                          The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.  The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company, and the receipt of such reports or statements shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein;

 

(b)                                                          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(c)                                                           The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care;

 

(d)                                                          The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence;

 

(e)                                                           The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel;

 

(f)                                                            The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

39



 

(g)                                                           The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(h)                                                          The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture;

 

(j)                                                             The Trustee’s rights, powers, indemnities, immunities and protections from liability and its rights to compensation and indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture shall extend to (1) the Trustee, whether serving in any other capacity hereunder, including, without limitation, in the capacity of Paying Agent or Registrar and (2) the Trustee’s officers, directors, agents, counsel and employees.  Such immunities and protections and rights to indemnification, together with the Trustee’s right to compensation, shall survive the Trustee’s resignation or removal, the discharge of this Indenture and final payment of the Notes;

 

(k)                                                          The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering document or other disclosure material distributed with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or federal securities laws in connection with the Notes, other than the filing of any documents required to be filed by an indenture trustee pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise required in this Indenture;

 

(l)                                                              Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, whenever any provision of this Indenture indicates that any confirmation of a condition or event is qualified by the words “to the knowledge of” or “known to” the Trustee or other words of similar meaning, said words shall mean and refer to the current awareness of one or more Trust Officers who are located at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee or who are otherwise responsible for administering the trusts created under this Indenture;

 

(m)                              The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, during regular business hours and upon providing reasonable advance notice to the Company, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; and

 

40



 

(n)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.   The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided, however, that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

Section 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send to each Noteholder at the address set forth in the Note Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

 

Section 7.06.   Report by Trustee to Holders.   Within 60 days after each February 15 beginning with the February 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to April 15 in each year, the Trustee shall transmit to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such February 15 that complies with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(a), but only if required under such Section.  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit all reports required by Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed.  The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay to the Trustee such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and for its services hereunder as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and in all other capacities in which it is serving hereunder as the

 

41



 

Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Noteholders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, and any predecessor Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Noteholder, the Company or otherwise).  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the obligation for defending the Trustee, and, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such action, and there is no defense that could not be adequately raised if the Company assumes such obligation.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.  When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) hereof with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

 

Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

42



 

(2)                                  the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3)                                  a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)                                  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger.  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer of assets to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee.

 

Section 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.  The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(a).  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least [ ] as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition.  The

 

43


 

Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) are met.

 

Section 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.   The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

Section 7.12.  Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company.  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.  Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.  (a) Subject to Section 8.01(b) hereof, when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of

 

44



 

the Company (accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Company.

 

(b)                                                          Subject to Section 8.01(c) and Section 8.02 hereof, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“ legal defeasance option ”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under, Section 3.02, Section 3.03, Section 3.04, Section 3.05, Section 3.08, Section 3.09 and Section 3.15 hereof, and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and the operation of Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to this Section 8.01(b)(ii)), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof, and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the “ covenant defeasance option ”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, the Company may elect to have the Guarantee terminate.

 

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default, and the Guarantee shall terminate.  If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 8.01(b)(ii) above), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

 

(c)                                                           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01(a) and (b) hereof, the Company’s obligations in Section 2.02, Section 2.03, Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 2.08, Section 2.09, Section 2.10, Section 3.01, Section 3.06, Section 3.07, Section 3.10, Section 3.11, Section 3.12, Section 3.13, Section 3.14, Section 3.15, Section 6.07, Section 7.07, Section 7.08 hereof and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.  Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Section 7.07, Section 8.04 and Section 8.05 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 8.02.  Conditions to Defeasance.   The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:

 

(1)                                  the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders money in U.S. dollars or U.S. Government Securities or a combination thereof for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

45



 

(2)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Securities plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity;

 

(3)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, with respect to certain bankruptcy or insolvency Events of Default, on the 91st day after such date of deposit;

 

(4)                                  such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(5)                                  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that (A) the Notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ right generally;

 

(6)                                  the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;

 

(7)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(8)                                  in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

(9)                                  in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

46



 

(10)                           the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

 

Section 8.03.  Application of Trust Money.  The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Securities deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8.  It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Securities through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

Section 8.04.  Repayment to Company.   The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or securities held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

 

Section 8.05.  Indemnity for U.S. Government Securities.  The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Securities or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Securities.

 

Section 8.06.  Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Securities in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:

 

(1)                                  to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

47



 

(2)                                  to comply with Article 4 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Guarantor or Successor Issuer of the respective obligation of the Guarantor or the Company under this Indenture;

 

(3)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

(4)                                  to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)                                  to secure the Notes;

 

(6)                                  to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor;

 

(7)                                  to make any change that does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder;

 

(8)                                  to provide for the issuance of any Subsequent Notes; or

 

(9)                                  to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders at the address set forth in the Note Register, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

 

Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes.  However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1)                                  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(2)                                  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents pursuant to Section 3.02(f) hereof;

 

(3)                                  reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)                                  reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

 

48



 

(5)                                  reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note as described above under Article 5 hereof or any similar provision, whether through an amendment to or waiver of Article 5 hereof, a definition or otherwise;

 

(6)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(7)                                  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)                                  make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions; or

 

(9)                                  release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee other than in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

 

Section 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.  Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.  A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents.  After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder.  An amendment or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.01 or 9.02 hereof, as applicable.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

 

49



 

Section 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder.  Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms.  Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

Section 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendments.   The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not affect the rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities, powers, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it.  In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof), shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it conforms to the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).

 

ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEE

 

Section 10.01.  Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company under Section 7.07 hereof (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Obligations ”).  The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

 

The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.  The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations.  The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.

 

50



 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

 

The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

Section 10.02.  No Subrogation.  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the

 

51



 

Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

Section 10.03.  Consideration.  The Guarantor has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.  The Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under the Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 11.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communication shall be in writing and (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid), or (c) sent by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention: Treasurer

Telephone No:  (314) 292-2908

Telecopy:  (314) 292-4908

 

with a copy to:

 

Rajat Gupta

Telecopy:  (914) 684-3283

 

If to the Guarantor:

 

Bunge Limited

50 Main Street

White Plains, New York  10606

Attention:  Treasurer

 

52



 

Telephone:  (914) 684-3365

Telecopy:  (914) 684-3283

 

if to the Trustee:

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 19 th  Floor

New York, New York 10020

Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Telecopy:  (212) 646-2000

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.  If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

Section 11.03.  Communication by Holders with Other Holders.  Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(c).

 

Section 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2)                                  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that an opinion under this Section will not be required in connection with the initial issuance of Notes.

 

Section 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

53


 

(1)           a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)           a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

Section 11.06.  When Notes Disregarded.  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by an Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

Section 11.07.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 11.08.  Legal Holidays.  A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or Hamilton, Bermuda.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.  If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 11.09.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

Section 11.10.  No Recourse Against Others.  An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability.  The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

54



 

Section 11.11.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 11.12.  Consent to Jurisdiction.  The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court.  The Company and the Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.  The Company and the Guarantor agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, and may be enforced in any courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, is subject by a suit upon such judgment .

 

Section 11.13.  Appointment for Agent for Service of Process.  The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its Chief Financial Officer (from time to time) at its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606 (the “ Authorized Agent ”), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 11.12 hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding.  The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

 

Section 11.14.  Waiver of Immunities.  To the extent that the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, or any of their properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to their respective obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes, the Company and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waive and agree not to plead or claim any such immunity and consent to such relief and enforcement .

 

Section 11.15.  Additional Amounts.  In the event that payments are required to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to its obligations under the Guarantee, the Guarantor will pay to the Holder of any Note such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment to a

 

55



 

holder or beneficial owner of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, assessment or other similar governmental charge duly imposed by Bermuda, will not be less than the amount provided in that Note to be then due and payable.  The Guarantor will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of the holder or beneficial owner having some connection with Bermuda, other than its participation as a holder or beneficial owner of a Note.

 

Section 11.16.  Judgment Currency.  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than U.S. dollars, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee or any Holder, as the case may be, could purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency in New York City on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Guarantor or the Company with respect to any sum due from it to the Trustee or any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than U.S. dollars, be discharged only if and to the extent that on the first Business Day following receipt by the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Trustee or such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase U.S. dollars with such other currency.  If the U.S. dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Trustee or such Holder against such loss.  If the U.S. dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the U.S. dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder.

 

Section 11.17.  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Company; Liability of the Company.  Each of the Noteholders and the Trustee hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable insolvency laws.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the sole remedy of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Person against the Company in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Indenture or the Notes shall be against the assets of the Company.  Neither the Trustee, nor any Noteholder nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as a “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished; provided, however, that the provisions of this Section 11.17 apply solely to the obligations of the Company and shall not extinguish such shortfall or otherwise restrict such Person’s rights or remedies against the Guarantor for purposes of the obligations of the Guarantor to any Person under the Guarantee.

 

56



 

The provisions of this Section 11.17 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Section 11.18.  Multiple Originals.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 11.19.  Qualification of Indenture.   The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 11.20.  Table of Contents; Headings.   The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 11.21       Force Majeure .  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and also including interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services resulting therefrom; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 11.22       U.S.A. Patriot Act.  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

57



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP., as

 

Issuer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED, as Guarantor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MUFG UNION BANK, N.A., as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

58



 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [     ]

Principal Amount [         ], as
revised by the Schedule of
Increases and Decreases in Global
Note attached hereto

 

 

 

CUSIP NO. [         ]

 

 

ISIN: [         ]

 

 

[ ]% Senior Notes Due [ ]

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of U.S.[         ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Note attached hereto, on [ ].

 

Interest Payment Dates:  [ ] and [ ]

 

Record Dates:  [ ] and [ ]

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED FINANCE CORP.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

MUFG UNION BANK, N.A.,

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

By:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Date:                  , 20

 



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

[ ]% Senior Note Due [ ]

 

1.             General

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of [ ], among the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) [ ] in aggregate principal amount of [ ]% Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.07 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes.  The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  This Note is one of the [Initial Notes] [Subsequent Notes] referred to in the Indenture.

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon.  Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes; provided, that if the Subsequent Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Subsequent Notes will have a separate CUSIP number.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor, the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.  The

 



 

Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

 

2.             Interest

 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest semi-annually on [ ] and [ ] of each year commencing [ ].  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from [ ].  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

3.             Method of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest.  The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in The City of New York, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided, however, that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by The Depository Trust Company.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least [ ] aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

4.             Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (the “ Trustee ”), will act as Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-

 



 

registrar without notice to any Noteholder.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

5.             Optional Redemption by the Company

 

The Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the date of maturity (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months), at the applicable Treasury Yield (as defined below), plus 30 basis points (such greater amount, the “ Redemption Price ”), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

 

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

 

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, (a) the bid price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) at 4:00 P.M. on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date, as set forth on “Bloomberg page PX1” (or such other page as may replace Bloomberg page PX1), or (b) if such page (or any successor page) is not displayed or does not contain such bid prices at such time, (i) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company for such date, after excluding the highest and lowest of four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (ii) if the Company is unable to obtain at least four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations obtained by the Company.

 

Independent Investment Banker ” means any of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. or, if none of such firms are willing or able to select the applicable Comparable Treasury Issue, a leading independent investment banking institution appointed by the Company.

 

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and two other primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City selected by the Independent Investment Banker (each, a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”); provided , however , that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a Primary Treasury Dealer, the Company will substitute another Primary Treasury Dealer.

 


 

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date for the Notes, an average, as determined by the Trustee, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue for the Notes (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such Redemption Date.

 

Treasury Yield ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date applicable to the Notes, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding such Redemption Date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the applicable Comparable Treasury Price for such Redemption Date.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of [ ] in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

6.                                       Offers to Repurchase

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 3.15 of the Indenture.

 

7.                                       Additional Amounts

 

The Guarantor will pay to the Holder of any Note such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment to a holder or beneficial owner of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other similar governmental charge duly imposed by Bermuda, will not be less than the amount provided in such Note to be then due and payable.  The Guarantor will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of the holder or beneficial owner having some connection with Bermuda, other than its participation as a holder or beneficial owner of a Note.

 



 

8.                                       Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of [ ] and whole multiples of [ ] in excess thereof.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

9.                                       Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

10.                                Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11.                                Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Securities for the payment of principal and interest on such Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

12.                                Amendment, Waiver

 

The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided, however, that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to

 



 

provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes.

 

13.                                Defaults and Remedies

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding [ ]; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy events ”).  However, a default under clause (3) with respect to the Notes will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 



 

Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

14.                                Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15.                                No Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

16.                                No Petition

 

By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

 

17.                                Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

 

18.                                Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 



 

19.                                CUSIP Numbers

 

Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

20.                                Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention: Treasurer

Telephone No:  (314) 292-2908

Telecopy:  (314) 292-4908

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint              agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:

 

 Your Signature

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO NOTES]

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Note

 

Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Note

 

Principal Amount of this
Note following such
decrease or increase

 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

[   ] Section 3.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 


 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Designated Obligors as of the date hereof:

 

·                   Bunge Global Markets Inc.

 

·                   Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

 

·                   Bunge North America, Inc.

 

·                   Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

 

·                   Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

·                   Bunge Argentina S.A.

 

·                   Bunge Fertilizantes International Limited

 

·                   Bunge Fertilizantes S.A. (Brazil)

 

·                   Bunge International Commerce Ltd.

 

·                   Bunge Finance B.V.

 

·                   Bunge S.A.

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof:

 

·                                           Bunge North America, Inc.

 

·                                           Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

 

·                                           Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

·                                           Bunge Acucar & Bioenergia Ltda.

 

·                                           Bunge Argentina S.A.

 

·                                           Bunge Iberica S.A.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3.4

 

Existing Liens

 

Subsidiary/Joint
Ventures

 

Facility

 

Amount
Outstanding

 

Description of Collateral

Terminal 6 SA (unconsolidated joint ventures in Argentina)

 

Bank (Bunge’s share)

 

$

1.6 million

 

Shares of Terminal 6 SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EGT LLC (consolidated JV)

 

JV loan agreement

 

$

8.0 million

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

BNDES

 

$

14.9 million

 

Land, buildings and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TGG (consolidated JV)

 

BNDES

 

$

49.6 million

 

Shares of TGG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Black Sea Industries Ukraine

 

EBRD Loan

 

$

2.5 million

 

Extraction plant, Preparation plant and Boiler house (buildings and equipment) of BSIU crushing plant at Illychevsk, Ukraine

 




Exhibit 4.6

 

BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V.,

as Issuer

 

BUNGE LIMITED,

as Guarantor

 

AND

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

 

[  ] [  ]% Senior Notes Due [   ]

 

FORM OF INDENTURE

 

Dated as of [    ]

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

 

Section 1.01.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

Section 1.02.

 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

12

 

 

 

Section 1.03.

Rules of Construction

12

 

ARTICLE 2

The Notes

 

Section 2.01.

Form, Dating and Terms

13

 

 

 

Section 2.02.

Execution and Authentication

15

 

 

 

Section 2.03.

Registrar and Paying Agent

16

 

 

 

Section 2.04.

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

17

 

 

 

Section 2.05.

Noteholder Lists

17

 

 

 

Section 2.06.

Transfer and Exchange

17

 

 

 

Section 2.07.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes

19

 

 

 

Section 2.08.

Outstanding Notes

20

 

 

 

Section 2.09.

Temporary Notes

20

 

 

 

Section 2.10.

Cancellation

20

 

 

 

Section 2.11.

Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest

21

 

 

 

Section 2.12.

Computation of Interest

22

 

 

 

Section 2.13.

CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers

22

 

 

 

Section 2.14.

Tax Treatment

22

 

ARTICLE 3

Covenants

 

Section 3.01.

Payment of Notes

22

 

 

 

Section 3.02.

Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company

22

 

i



 

Section 3.03.

Limitation on Liens

24

 

 

 

Section 3.04.

Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions

24

 

 

 

Section 3.05.

Exclusion from Limitations

24

 

 

 

Section 3.06.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

25

 

 

 

Section 3.07.

Corporate Existence

25

 

 

 

Section 3.08.

Maintenance of Properties; Insurance

25

 

 

 

Section 3.09.

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

25

 

 

 

Section 3.10.

Payments for Consent

26

 

 

 

Section 3.11.

Compliance Certificate

26

 

 

 

Section 3.12.

Further Instruments and Acts

26

 

 

 

Section 3.13.

Statement by Officers as to Default

26

 

 

 

Section 3.14.

Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings

26

 

 

 

Section 3.15.

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

27

 

ARTICLE 4

Successor Guarantor

 

Section 4.01.

Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor

29

 

ARTICLE 5

Optional Redemption of Notes

 

Section 5.01.

Optional Redemption by the Company

30

 

 

 

Section 5.02.

Applicability of Article

30

 

 

 

Section 5.03.

Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee

31

 

 

 

Section 5.04.

Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed

31

 

 

 

Section 5.05.

Notice of Redemption

31

 

 

 

Section 5.06.

Deposit of Redemption Price

32

 

 

 

Section 5.07.

Notes Payable on Redemption Date

32

 

 

 

Section 5.08.

Notes Redeemed in Part

33

 

ii



 

ARTICLE 6

Defaults and Remedies

 

Section 6.01.

Events of Default

33

 

 

 

Section 6.02.

Acceleration

34

 

 

 

Section 6.03.

Other Remedies

35

 

 

 

Section 6.04.

Waiver of Past Defaults

35

 

 

 

Section 6.05.

Control by Majority

35

 

 

 

Section 6.06.

Limitation on Suits

36

 

 

 

Section 6.07.

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

36

 

 

 

Section 6.08.

Collection Suit by Trustee

36

 

 

 

Section 6.09.

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

36

 

 

 

Section 6.10.

Priorities

37

 

 

 

Section 6.11.

Undertaking for Costs

37

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

Trustee

 

Section 7.01.

Duties of Trustee

37

 

 

 

Section 7.02.

Rights of Trustee

39

 

 

 

Section 7.03.

Individual Rights of Trustee

40

 

 

 

Section 7.04.

Trustee’s Disclaimer

40

 

 

 

Section 7.05.

Notice of Defaults

41

 

 

 

Section 7.06.

Report by Trustee to Holders

41

 

 

 

Section 7.07.

Compensation and Indemnity

41

 

 

 

Section 7.08.

Replacement of Trustee

42

 

 

 

Section 7.09.

Successor Trustee by Merger

43

 

 

 

Section 7.10.

Eligibility; Disqualification

43

 

 

 

Section 7.11.

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

43

 

iii



 

Section 7.12.

Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company

43

 

ARTICLE 8

Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

 

Section 8.01.

Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

44

 

 

 

Section 8.02.

Conditions to Defeasance

45

 

 

 

Section 8.03.

Application of Trust Money

46

 

 

 

Section 8.04.

Repayment to Company

46

 

 

 

Section 8.05.

Reinstatement

47

 

ARTICLE 9

Amendments

 

Section 9.01.

Without Consent of Holders

47

 

 

 

Section 9.02.

With Consent of Holders

48

 

 

 

Section 9.03.

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act

48

 

 

 

Section 9.04.

Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers

49

 

 

 

Section 9.05.

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

49

 

 

 

Section 9.06.

Trustee to Sign Amendments

49

 

ARTICLE 10

Guarantee

 

Section 10.01.

Guarantee

49

 

 

 

Section 10.02.

No Subrogation

51

 

 

 

Section 10.03.

Consideration

51

 

ARTICLE 11

Miscellaneous

 

Section 11.01.

Trust Indenture Act Controls

51

 

 

 

Section 11.02.

Notices

51

 

 

 

Section 11.03.

Communication by Holders with Other Holders

52

 

 

 

Section 11.04.

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

53

 

iv



 

Section 11.05.

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

53

 

 

 

Section 11.06.

When Notes Disregarded

53

 

 

 

Section 11.07.

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar

53

 

 

 

Section 11.08.

Legal Holidays

53

 

 

 

Section 11.09.

Governing Law

54

 

 

 

Section 11.10.

No Recourse Against Others

54

 

 

 

Section 11.11.

Successors

54

 

 

 

Section 11.12.

Consent to Jurisdiction

54

 

 

 

Section 11.13.

Appointment for Agent for Service of Process

54

 

 

 

Section 11.14.

Waiver of Immunities

54

 

 

 

Section 11.15.

Additional Amounts

55

 

 

 

Section 11.16.

Judgment Currency

55

 

 

 

Section 11.17.

No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Company; Liability of the Company

55

 

 

 

Section 11.18.

Multiple Originals

56

 

 

 

Section 11.19.

Qualification of Indenture

56

 

 

 

Section 11.20.

Table of Contents; Headings

56

 

 

 

Section 11.21.

Force Majeure

56

 

 

 

Section 11.22.

U.S.A. Patriot Act

57

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Face of Initial Notes and Subsequent Notes

SCHEDULE 1.1

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

SCHEDULE 3.4

Existing Liens

 

v



 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

Trust Indenture

 

 

Act Section

 

Indenture

310(a)(1)

 

Section 7.10.

(a)(2)

 

Section 7.10.

(a)(3)

 

N.A.

(a)(4)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

Section 7.08., Section 7.10.

(c)

 

N.A.

311(a)

 

Section 7.11.

(b)

 

Section 7.11.

(c)

 

N.A.

312(a)

 

Section 2.05.

(b)

 

Section 11.03.

(c)

 

Section 11.03.

313(a)

 

Section 11.06.

(b)(1)

 

N.A.

(b)(2)

 

Section 7.06.

(c)

 

Section 7.06.

(d)

 

Section 7.06.

314(a)

 

Section 3.10., Section 11.02.

 

 

Section 11.05.

(b)

 

N.A.

(c)(1)

 

Section 11.04.

(c)(2)

 

Section 11.04.

(c)(3)

 

N.A.

(d)

 

N.A.

(e)

 

Section 11.05.

315(a)

 

Section 7.01.

(b)

 

Section 7.05., Section 11.02.

(c)

 

Section 7.01.

(d)

 

Section 7.01.

(e)

 

Section 6.11.

316(a)(last sentence)

 

Section 11.06.

(a)(1)(A)

 

Section 6.05.

(a)(1)(B)

 

Section 6.04.

(a)(2)

 

N.A.

(b)

 

Section 6.08.

317(a)(1)

 

Section 6.08.

(a)(2)

 

Section 6.09.

(b)

 

Section 2.04.

318(a)

 

Section 11.01.

 

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

i


 

FORM OF INDENTURE dated as of [   ], among BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its corporate seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at 11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, United States of America and registered with the commercial register ( handelsregister )  (the “ Company ”), as issuer, BUNGE LIMITED, an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with limited liability (the “ Guarantor ”), as guarantor, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the “ Trustee ”), as trustee.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company’s [   ]% Senior Notes Due [   ] issued on the date hereof and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Initial Notes ”) and (ii) if and when issued, additional [   ]% Senior Notes Due [   ] which may be offered subsequent to the Issue Date and the guarantees thereof by the Guarantor (the “ Subsequent Notes ” and together with the Initial Notes, the “ Notes ”).

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01.  Definitions.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; provided , however , that the existence of a management contract by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company to manage another entity shall not be deemed to be control.

 

Agent Member ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(d)(ii) hereof.

 

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, when used with respect to any Sale-Leaseback Transaction, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest set forth in or implicit in the terms of the lease) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale-Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended).

 

Authenticating Agent ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

 

Below Investment Grade Rating Event ” means the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade Rating by each of the Rating Agencies on any date from the date of the public notice of an event that would, if consummated, result in a Change of Control until the end of the sixty (60) day period following public notice of the occurrence of the Change of Control, which sixty (60) day period shall be extended so long as the rating of the Notes is under publicly announced consideration for possible downgrade by each of the Rating Agencies.

 

1



 

Board of Directors ” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Bunge Master Trust ” means the trust created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, a beneficial interest in the assets of which the Company has acquired through the Series 2003-1 VFC.

 

Business Day ” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

 

Capital Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options (whether or not currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock or shares, preferred stock or shares and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person (excluding any debt securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity).

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)                                  the Guarantor becomes aware (by way of report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act or written notice) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Guarantor then outstanding;

 

(2)                                  the sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Guarantor; or

 

(3)                                  the first day on which a majority of the members of the Guarantor’s Board of Directors are not Continuing Directors.

 

Change of Control Offer ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

Change of Control Payment ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

Change of Control Payment Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.15 hereof.

 

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of a Change of Control that results in a Below Investment Grade Rating Event.

 

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme and its successors.

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2



 

Common Depositary ” means the depositary for the Global Note, acting as the common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream, which initially shall be Elavon Financial Services Limited.

 

Company ” means Bunge Finance Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its corporate seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at 11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, United States of America and registered with the commercial register ( handelsregister ), or its successor.

 

Company Order ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.02 hereof.

 

Company Permitted Lien ” means:

 

(1) Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

 

(2) any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(3) any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

 

(4) Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default; and

 

(5) Liens securing obligations under a Hedge Agreement.

 

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

 

(1)                                  all current liabilities (excluding any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed);

 

(2)                                  total prepaid expenses and deferred charges; and

 

(3)                                  all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, licenses, copyrights and other intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for its most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

Continuing Directors ” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Guarantor who (1) was a member of such Board of Directors on the

 

3



 

date of the issuance of the Initial Notes; or (2) was nominated for election, appointed or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such nomination or election (either by a specific vote or by approval of the Guarantor’s proxy statement in which such member was named as a nominee for election as a director).

 

Corporate Trust Office ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3.06 hereof.

 

covenant defeasance option ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Definitive Notes ” means certificated Notes.

 

Designated Obligor ” means the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto and any other Subsidiary designated by the Guarantor from time to time as eligible to be an obligor with respect to any intercompany loan sold to the master trust under the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and each of their successors.

 

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock.

 

Euro ” or “ ” means the single currency introduced at the third stage of the European Monetary Union pursuant to the treaty establishing the European Community, as amended from time to time.

 

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., and its successors, as operator of the Euroclear System.

 

Euroclear/Clearstream ” means Euroclear and Clearstream, collectively.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 6.01 hereof.

 

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any property, the sale value of such property that would be realized in an arms-length sale at such time between an informed and willing buyer, and an informed and willing seller, under no compulsion to buy or sell, respectively.

 

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company ending on December 31 of each year.

 

Fitch ” means Fitch Ratings Limited.

 

4



 

Global Note ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

 

guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                  to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

 

(2)                                  entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

provided , however , that the term “guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee,” when used as a verb, has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantee ” means any guarantee of payment of the Notes and any other obligations of the Company by the Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

Guarantor ” means Bunge Limited.

 

Guaranty ” means the Eighth Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of November 20, 2014, by the Guarantor to Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank International,” New York Branch, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Hedge Agreements ” means all swaps, caps or collar agreements or similar arrangements dealing with interest rates or currency exchange rates or the exchange of nominal interest obligations, either generally or under specific contingencies.

 

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business, (d) all obligations of such Person as lessee which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (e) all obligations of such Person created or arising under any conditional sales or other title retention agreement with respect to any property acquired by such Person (including without limitation, obligations under any such agreement which provides that the rights and remedies of the seller or lender thereunder in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (f) all obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit and similar instruments, including without limitation obligations under reimbursement agreements, (g) all Indebtedness of others

 

5



 

secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person and (h) all guarantees of such Person (other than guarantees of obligations of direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person).

 

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Initial Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s, BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, BBB- (or the equivalent) by Fitch, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency.

 

Issue Date ” means the date on which the Initial Notes are originally issued.

 

legal defeasance option ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 8.01(b) hereof.

 

Legal Holiday ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 11.08 hereof.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance.

 

Market Exchange Rate ” means the noon buying rate in the City of New York, New York for cable transfers of Euros as certified for customs purposes (or, if not so certified, as otherwise determined) by the United States Federal Reserve Board.

 

Master Trust Transaction Documents ” means the collective reference to the Pooling Agreement, the Series 2003-1 Supplement, the Series 2003-1 VFC, the Sale Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the Guaranty.

 

Master Trust Trustee ” means The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under, and for the purposes of, the Master Trust Transaction Documents, and any successor thereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse effect, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Material Subsidiary ” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Guarantor which at such time is a “significant subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.  The Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

6



 

Note Register ” means the register of Notes, maintained by the Registrar, pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Notes ” means the collective reference to the Initial Notes and the Subsequent Notes.

 

Obligations ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 10.01 hereof.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Controller or the Secretary of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer or attorney-in-fact of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel, which counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company in a form and substance acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Pari Passu Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness for borrowed money, the proceeds of which are used to either purchase interests in the Series 2003-1 VFC, refinance Indebtedness originally used for such purpose and/or pay expenses incurred in connection with this Indenture or any such other Indebtedness, and indebtedness incurred in connection with Hedge Agreements, in each case which ranks not greater than pari passu (in priority of payment) with the Notes.

 

Paying Agent ” means the Person (including the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary) authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Notes on behalf of the Company.

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (a) Indebtedness of the Company under the Notes and (b) Pari Passu Indebtedness.

 

Permitted Liens ” means:

 

(1)                                  Liens for current taxes, assessments or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or remain payable without any penalty, or the validity of which is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings upon stay of execution of the enforcement thereof or upon posting a bond in connection therewith;

 

(2)                                  any Lien pursuant to any order or attachment or similar legal process arising in connection with court proceedings; provided that the execution or other enforcement thereof is effectively stayed or a sufficient bond had been posted and the claims secured thereby are being contested at the time in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(3)                                  any Liens securing bonds posted with respect to and in compliance with clauses (1) and (2) above;

 

(4)                                  any Liens securing the claims of mechanics, laborers, workmen, repairmen, materialmen, suppliers, carriers, warehousemen, landlords, or vendors or other claims provided

 

7



 

for by mandatory provisions of law which are not yet due and delinquent, or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(5)                                  any Lien on any Restricted Property securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed solely for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of constructing or acquiring such Restricted Property, which Lien attaches to such Restricted Property concurrently with or within 120 days after construction, acquisition or completion of a series of related acquisitions thereof;

 

(6)                                  Liens existing immediately prior to the execution and delivery of this Indenture (and listed on Schedule 3.4 hereto);

 

(7)                                  Liens to secure bonds posted in order to obtain stays of judgments, attachments or orders, the existence of which bonds would not otherwise constitute an Event of Default;

 

(8)                                  Liens on Restricted Property or with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, that either (i) existed prior to the acquisition of (A) such Restricted Property, (B) any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Property or (C) with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, any such Restricted Subsidiary, or (ii) arise as a result of contractual commitments to grant a Lien relating to (A) such Restricted Property, (B) any Subsidiary that is the owner of such Restricted Subsidiary or (C) with respect to the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, any such Restricted Subsidiary, in each of (A), (B) and (C) existing prior to such acquisition;

 

(9)                                  Liens created by a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary;

 

(10)                           Liens on any accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(11)                           Liens on rights under contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to or from export customers (including, but not limited to, Subsidiaries) and the proceeds thereof;

 

(12)                           Liens on cash deposited as collateral in connection with financings where Liens are permitted under clause (10) and (11) of this definition;

 

(13)                           Liens extending, renewing or replacing, in whole or in part Liens permitted pursuant to (i) clauses (1) through (5) and (7) through (12), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed its original principal amount and (ii) in the case of clause (6), so long as the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed the principal amount thereof outstanding immediately prior to the execution and delivery of the Indenture;

 

(14)                           minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties that constitute Restricted Property, which are necessary for the conduct of the activities of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary or which customarily exist on properties of corporations engaged in similar activities and similarly

 

8



 

situated and which do not in any event materially impair their use in the operation of the business of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(15)                           Liens on accounts receivable and other related assets arising in connection with transfers thereof to the extent such transfers are treated as true sales of financial assets under FASB Statement No. 166, and such accounts receivable and related assets are not consolidated on the consolidated financial statements of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under FASB Statement No. 167;

 

(16)                           Liens on intercompany loans made to the Guarantor or its Subsidiaries or on any notes or other instruments representing an interest in such intercompany loans in each case as set forth in the Master Trust Transaction Documents;

 

(17)                           Liens securing obligations under a Hedge Agreement or swap, cap or collar agreement or similar arrangement related to equities or commodities;

 

(18)                           Liens on any checking account, saving account, clearing account, futures account, deposit account, securities account, brokerage account, custody account or other account (or on any assets held in such account), securing obligations under any agreement or arrangement related to the opening of or provision of clearing, pooling, zero-balancing, brokerage, settlement, margin or other services related to such account (or on any assets held in such account), which customarily exist on similar accounts (or on any assets held in such accounts) of corporations in connection with the opening of, or provision of clearing, pooling, zero-balancing, brokerage, settlement, margin or other services related, to such accounts; and

 

(19)                           Liens securing any obligations related to the issuance of a letter of credit or any similar instrument, including without limitation, obligations under reimbursement agreements.

 

For purposes of this definition above, (A) the phrases “accounts receivable from or invoices to export customers” and “contracts to sell, purchase or receive commodities to (from) export customers” shall refer to invoices or accounts receivable derived from the sale of, or contracts to sell, purchase or receive wheat, soybeans or other commodities or products derived from the processing of wheat, soybeans or other commodities, by or to the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary that have been or are to be exported from the country of origin whether or not such sale is made by a Restricted Subsidiary or to any of its Subsidiaries; and (B) property of a party to a corporate reorganization which is not the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be or have been “acquired” by the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary as part of such corporate reorganization even if the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is not the surviving or continuing entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision hereof or any other entity.

 

Pooling Agreement ” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as servicer,

 

9



 

and the Master Trust Trustee, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Principal Trust Office ” means the Corporate Trust Office or such other trust office or agency as may be designated by the Trustee in writing to the Company from time to time, or the designated corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.  The initial Principal Trust Office shall be the office of the Trustee to which notices are to be sent as set forth in Section 11.02 hereof.

 

Property ” means any property, whether presently owned or hereafter acquired, including any asset, revenue or right to receive income or any other property, whether tangible or intangible, real or personal.

 

Rating Agencies ” means (1) Moody’s, S&P and Fitch; and (2) if Moody’s, S&P or Fitch ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by Bunge Limited which shall be substituted for any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch, or all of them, as the case may be.

 

Redemption Date ” means, with respect to any redemption of Notes, the date of redemption with respect thereto.

 

Redemption Price ” has the meaning ascribed to it under the section entitled “Optional Redemption by the Company” on the reverse side of the Notes, the forms of which are attached as Exhibits A and B hereto.

 

Registrar ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Representatives to the Underwriters ” means [ ] .

 

Restricted Property ” means any building, mine, structure or other facility (together with the land on which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) and inventories now owned or hereafter acquired by the Guarantor or any Subsidiary and used for oilseed or grain origination, processing, transportation or storage, mining or fertilizer refining or storage.

 

Restricted Subsidiary ” means (a) any Designated Obligor or (b) any Material Subsidiary.

 

Sale-Leaseback Transaction ” means the sale or transfer by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Restricted Property to a Person (other than the Guarantor or a Restricted Subsidiary) and the taking back by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, of a lease of such Restricted Property.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor to its rating agency business.

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

10


 

Securities Custodian ” means the custodian with respect to the Global Note (as appointed by Euroclear/Clearstream), or any successor Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

 

Series 2003-1 Supplement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Series 2003-1 Supplement to the Pooling Agreement, dated as of [ ], among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., the Company and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Series 2003-1 VFC Certificate ” means the interest in the Bunge Master Trust created and authorized pursuant to a supplement to the Pooling Agreement that is designated as the “Series 2003-1 VFC Certificate” in which the Company will acquire a beneficial interest with the net proceeds of the Notes and other Permitted Indebtedness.

 

Servicing Agreement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003 among Bunge Funding, Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as the servicer, and the Master Trust Trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, subject to Section 3.02(f) hereof.

 

Special Interest Payment Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Special Record Date ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.11 hereof.

 

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

Subsequent Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the second introductory paragraph of this Indenture.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity of which the requisite number of shares of stock or other equity ownership interests having ordinary voting power (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to elect a majority of the directors, managers or trustees thereof, or any partnership of which more than 50% of the partners’ equity interests (considering all partners’ equity interests as a single class) is, in each case, at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a Person, one or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or combination thereof.

 

Successor Guarantor ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 9.03 hereof.

 

11



 

Trust Officer ” means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the individuals who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such individual’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Trustee ” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, such successor.

 

Underwriters ” means, collectively, [ ].

 

U.S. GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Section 1.02.  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.  This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the Trust Indenture Act which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following Trust Indenture Act terms have the following meanings:

 

“Commission” means the SEC.

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture security holder” means a Noteholder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

 

All other Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the Trust Indenture Act, defined in the Trust Indenture Act by reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

 

Section 1.03.  Rules of Construction.  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)                                  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)                                  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with U.S. GAAP as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(3)                                  “or” is not exclusive;

 

12



 

(4)                                  “including” means including without limitation;

 

(5)                                  words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; and

 

(6)                                  the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date and prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

 

ARTICLE 2

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01.  Form, Dating and Terms.  (a)  The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, dated [ ], among the Company, the Guarantor and Representatives to the Underwriters.

 

The Initial Notes offered and sold to the Underwriters will be issued on the Issue Date in the form of a permanent global Note, without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, including appropriate legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof (the “ Global Note ”), deposited with the Common Depositary, as custodian for Euroclear/Clearstream, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.  The Global Note may be represented by more than one certificate, if so required by Euroclear/Clearstream’s rules regarding the maximum principal amount to be represented by a single certificate.  The aggregate principal amount of the Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Common Depositary, as custodian for Euroclear/Clearstream or its nominee, as hereinafter provided.

 

Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in London, United Kingdom, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof; provided , however , that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by Euroclear/Clearstream.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least [ ] aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by Definitive Notes will be made by wire transfer to a Euro account maintained by the payee with a bank in Europe if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

Any Subsequent Notes shall be in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A hereto and in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

 

13



 

The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, endorsement or legend on them.  Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

 

All payments of interest and principal on the Notes, including payments made upon any redemption of the Notes, will be made in Euros.  If the Euro is unavailable to the Company due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control of if the Euro is no longer being used by the then member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the Euro as their currency or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, then all payments in respect of the Notes shall be made in U.S. dollars until the Euro is again available to the Company or so used.  The amount payable on any date in Euros shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of the most recently available Market Exchange Rate for Euros. The Market Exchange Rate most recently available on, or prior to, the second Business Day before the relevant determination date will be the basis for determining the equivalent of Euro in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose under the Indenture. Any payment in respect of such Notes so made in U.S. dollars shall not constitute an Event of Default under the Notes or this Indenture.  Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for obtaining exchange rates, effecting conversions or otherwise handling redenominations.

 

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 3.15 hereof.  The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 5.

 

(b)                                                          Denominations .  The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in denominations of [ ] and any integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof.

 

(c)                                                           Legends .  Each of the Global Notes, whether or not an Initial Note, shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

“THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF USB NOMINEES (UK) LIMITED, AS NOMINEE OF ELAVON FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED, AS COMMON DEPOSITARY (THE “ COMMON DEPOSITARY ”) FOR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME (“ CLEARSTREAM ”) AND EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. (“ EUROCLEAR ” AND, TOGETHER WITH CLEARSTREAM, “ EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM ”).

 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF USB NOMINEES (UK) LIMITED, OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM (AND

 

14



 

ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO USB NOMINEES (UK) LIMITED OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, USB NOMINEES (UK) LIMITED, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.”

 

(d)                                                          Book-Entry Provisions .  (i) This Section 2.01(d) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for Euroclear/Clearstream.

 

(i)                                                              Each Global Note initially shall (A) be registered in the name of USB Nominees (UK) Limited or the nominee of USB Nominees (UK) Limited for, and in respect of interests held through, Euroclear/Clearstream, (B) be delivered to the Common Depositary as custodian for Euroclear/Clearstream and (C) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.01(c) hereof.

 

(ii)                                                           Members of, or participants in, Euroclear/Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by Euroclear/Clearstream or by the Common Depositary as the custodian of Euroclear/Clearstream or under such Global Note, and Euroclear/Clearstream may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by Euroclear/Clearstream or impair, as between Euroclear/Clearstream and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of Euroclear/Clearstream governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

(iii)                                                        In connection with any transfer of a portion of the beneficial interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof to beneficial owners who are required to hold Definitive Notes, the Common Depositary shall reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Definitive Notes of like tenor and amount.

 

(iv)                                                       In connection with the transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.01(e) hereof, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by Euroclear/Clearstream in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

15



 

(v)                                                          The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

(e)                                                           Definitive Notes .

 

(i)                                                              Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes will not be entitled to receive Definitive Notes.  If required to do so pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, beneficial owners may obtain Definitive Notes in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note upon written request in accordance with Euroclear/Clearstream’s and the Registrar’s procedures.  In addition, Definitive Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in a Global Note if (a) Euroclear/Clearstream notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note, or Euroclear/Clearstream ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, at a time when Euroclear/Clearstream is required to be so registered in order to act as depositary, and in each case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (b) subject to the procedures of Euroclear/Clearstream, the Company or the Guarantor executes and delivers to the Trustee and Registrar an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Global Note shall be so exchangeable or (c) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from Euroclear/Clearstream.

 

(ii)                                                           In connection with the exchange of a portion of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to the transferring Holder a new Definitive Note representing the principal amount not so transferred.

 

Section 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.  One Officer shall execute the Notes, on behalf of the Company, by manual or facsimile signature.  If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Note.  The signature of the Trustee on a Note shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.  A Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery: (1) at any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date initially in an aggregate principal amount of [ ]; and (2) if and when issued, the Subsequent Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company (the “ Company Order ”).  Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Subsequent Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes

 

16



 

which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to [ ] outstanding (plus any Subsequent Notes), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes of the same class pursuant to Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 2.09, Section 5.08 or Section 9.05 hereof.  All Notes issued on the Issue Date and all Subsequent Notes shall be identical in all respects other than issue date, issue price and the date from which interest accrues and any changes relating thereto; provided that if the Subsequent Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Subsequent Notes will have a separate CUSIP, Common Code, and ISIN number and/or any other identifying number.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes of the same class will be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, unless otherwise provided in this Indenture, all Notes issued under this Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and no Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter.

 

The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “ Authenticating Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes.  Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by the Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as a Paying Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Section 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.  The Company shall cause to be kept a register for the Notes (the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of all transfers and exchanges with respect thereto.  The Note Register shall be maintained by the Trustee or such other Person (including the Company or the Guarantor) appointed by the Company as the registrar (the “ Registrar ”).  The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Place of Payment ”).  The Company shall cause the Paying Agent to maintain an office or agency in the City of London, United Kingdom and the Registrar to maintain an office or agency in Ireland.  The Place of Payment will initially be the office of the Paying Agent at 5 th  Floor, 125 Old Broad Street, London EC2N, 1AR, United Kingdom (or such other office of the Paying Agent in London, United Kingdom as agreed to by the Company and the Paying Agent).  The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar and Paying Agent that is not a party to this Indenture.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent.  The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent.  If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee or a Subsidiary of the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co registrar or transfer agent.

 

17



 

The Company initially appoints Euroclear/Clearstream to act as depository with respect to the Global Notes.  The Trustee is authorized to enter into a letter of representations with Euroclear/Clearstream in the form provided to the Trustee by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

 

The Company shall undertake, to the extent permitted by law, to maintain a paying agent that will not be required to withhold or deduct tax pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC on the taxation of savings income or any law implementing or complying with, or introduced in order to conform to, such European Council Directive. The Company has, pursuant to that certain Agency Agreement, dated as of [ ], initially appointed Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, as the Paying Agent and Elavon Financial Services Limited as the Registrar for the Notes.

 

Section 2.04.  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.  By at least 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum in Euros sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest when due.  The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company or the Guarantor in making any such payment.  If the Company, the Guarantor or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent.  Upon complying with this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.  Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

Section 2.05.  Noteholder Lists.  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Noteholders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, or to the extent otherwise required under the Trust Indenture Act, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Guarantor, shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Noteholders and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(a).

 

Section 2.06.  Transfer and Exchange.

 

(a)                                                          The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof or this Section 2.06.  The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable prior written notice to the Registrar.

 

18



 

(b)                                                          Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes .

 

(i)                                                              To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article 2, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(ii)                                                           No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company or the Guarantor may require from a Holder payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.15 and Section 9.05 hereof).

 

(iii)                                                        The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of, or exchange of, any Note for a period beginning (1) 15 days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 

(iv)                                                       Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(v)                                                          All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt, and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(vi)                                                       All Global Notes shall be registered in the name of USB Nominees (UK) Limited, or a nominee thereof, for, and in respect of interests held through Euroclear/Clearstream and all transfers of beneficial ownership interests therein will be made in accordance with the rules of Euroclear/Clearstream.  No investor or other party purchasing, selling or otherwise transferring beneficial ownership interests in Global Notes shall receive, hold or deliver any certificate representing the same.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for transfers of beneficial ownership interests in any Global Note.

 

(vii)                                                    Each Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal or state securities law.

 

19



 

(c)                                                           No Obligation of the Trustee .

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, an Agent Member or any other Person with respect to (A) the accuracy of the records of Euroclear/Clearstream or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes, (B) the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than Euroclear/Clearstream) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Notes, or (C) the selection of the particular Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed or refunded in the event of a partial redemption or refunding of the Notes.  All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be Euroclear/Clearstream or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).  The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through Euroclear/Clearstream subject to the applicable rules and procedures of Euroclear/Clearstream.  The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by Euroclear/Clearstream with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(ii)                                                           The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Euroclear/Clearstream, its Agent Members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture with respect to transfers between Holders, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

(iii)                                None of the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by Euroclear/Clearstream.

 

Section 2.07.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.  If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.  Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced, and, in the absence of notice to the Company, the Guarantor or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in exchange for any such mutilated Note or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

20


 

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.07, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) in connection therewith.

 

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.07 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, the Guarantor (if applicable) and any other obligor upon the Notes, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

 

Section 2.08.  Outstanding Notes.  Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  A Note ceases to be outstanding in the event the Company holds the Note; provided , however , that (i) for purposes of determining which are outstanding for consent or voting purposes hereunder, Notes shall cease to be outstanding in the event the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note and (ii) in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making a determination whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders of Notes for quorum purposes or have consented to or voted in favor of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, amendment or modification hereunder, or relying upon any such quorum, consent or vote, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be held by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company shall not be considered outstanding.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

 

If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

Section 2.09.  Temporary Notes.  Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes.  Temporary Notes

 

21



 

shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes.  After the preparation of Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Notes representing an equal principal amount of Notes.  Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Notes.

 

Section 2.10.  Cancellation.  The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee, and no one else, shall cancel and dispose of all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation, in its customary manner.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for any reason other than in connection with a transfer or exchange.

 

Section 2.11.  Payment of Interest; Defaulted Interest .  Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any interest payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof.

 

Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not paid when the same becomes due and payable and such nonpayment continues for a period of 30 days shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the regular record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such defaulted interest and (to the extent lawful) interest on such defaulted interest at the rate borne by the Notes (such defaulted interest and interest thereon herein collectively called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:

 

(a)                                                          The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business (London time) on a Special Record Date (as defined below) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date (not less than 30 days after such notice) of the proposed payment (the “ Special Interest Payment Date ”), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a record date (the “ Special Record Date ”) for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the Special Interest Payment Date and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of

 

22



 

the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date, and in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor to be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 hereof, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date and Special Interest Payment Date therefor having been so given, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid on the Special Interest Payment Date to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business (London time) on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).

 

(b)                                                          The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of, transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

Section 2.12.  Computation of Interest.  Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for (or from and including the original issue date of the Notes, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for with respect to the Notes) on the Notes, to, but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be.  This payment convention is referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) (as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association).

 

Section 2.13.  CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN Numbers.  The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP,” “Common Code” and “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the “CUSIP,” “Common Code” or “ISIN” numbers as they appear on any Notes, notice or elsewhere, and provided further , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN numbers.  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN numbers.

 

Section 2.14.  Tax Treatment.   The Company and each holder and beneficial owner intend, and will take all actions consistent with the intention, that the Notes be treated as indebtedness for all federal, state, local, and foreign income and franchise tax purposes.  The

 

23



 

Company, by entering into this Indenture, and each holder and beneficial owner, by its acceptance of its Note, agree to treat the Notes as indebtedness for federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE 3

COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01.  Payment of Notes.  The Company shall promptly pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture.  Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent in any Place of Payment holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date.

 

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture and subject to Section 11.15, the Company may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other taxes imposed by the United States of America (or any political subdivision thereof) from principal or interest payments hereunder.

 

Section 3.02.  Limitation and Restrictions on Activities of the Company .  (a) The Company shall not engage in any business or enterprise or enter into or be a party to any transaction or agreement other than in connection with (i) the issuance and sale of the Notes, (ii) the incurrence of other Permitted Indebtedness, (iii) the entering into of Hedge Agreements relating to the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness having a notional amount not exceeding the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such other Permitted Indebtedness then outstanding and (iv) the use of the net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes or the other Permitted Indebtedness to either increase its investment in the Series 2003-1 VFC, repay the Notes or other Permitted Indebtedness outstanding from time to time or pay expenses incurred in connection with such Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not acquire or own any subsidiary or other assets or property (either real or personal), except for (i) the Series 2003-1 VFC, (ii) Hedge Agreements, and (iii) instruments evidencing the interests in the foregoing.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall not create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Company Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to any of its Property; provided , however , it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Company shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien, including any Lien which would otherwise constitute a Permitted Lien in the case of the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Company Permitted Liens.

 

24



 

(e)                                   The Company shall not enter into any consolidation, merger, amalgamation, joint venture, syndicate or other form of combination with any Person, and shall not sell, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or receivables, including, without limitation, the Series 2003-1 VFC or any interest in the Series 2003-1 VFC.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall not amend, supplement, waive or modify, or consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of, any Master Trust Transaction Document except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.02(f).  Any provision of any Master Trust Transaction Document may be amended, waived, supplemented, restated, discharged or terminated without the consent of the Holders so long as in each case, the Trustee shall have received prior notice thereof together with copies of any documentation related thereto; provided that such amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement does not (i) render the Series 2003-1 VFC subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust or otherwise adversely discriminate against the Series 2003-1 VFC relative to any other Series under the Bunge Master Trust, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on or in respect of the Series 2003-1 VFC, (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way the amount of, the interest of the Company in the assets of the Bunge Master Trust, (iv) change the definition of “Eligible Loans” or, to the extent used in such definition, other defined terms used in such definition, (v) result in a Default or Event of Default, or (vi) terminate the Bunge Master Trust with respect to less than all of the then outstanding Series issued by the Bunge Master Trust; and provided , further , that, the Bunge Master Trust may be terminated at any time with respect to all Series then outstanding without the consent of the Holders.  Any amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement of a Master Trust Transaction Document (including any exhibit thereto) of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) or (vi) of this Section 3.02(f) shall require the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes.

 

Section 3.03.  Limitation on Liens.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, upon or with respect to any Restricted Property or upon any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, to secure any Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes), unless all of the outstanding Notes and the Guarantee are secured equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured.

 

Section 3.04.  Limitation on Sale-Leaseback Transactions.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale-Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

(a)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction occurs within six months from the date of the acquisition of the Restricted Property subject thereto or the date of the completion of construction or commencement of full operations of such Restricted Property, whichever is later; or

 

(b)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction is between the Guarantor and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Guarantor, or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Guarantor; or

 

25



 

(c)                                                           the Sale-Leaseback Transaction involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than three years; or

 

(d)                                                          the Sale-Leaseback Transaction constitutes a Permitted Lien for the purposes of Section 3.03 hereof; or

 

(e)                                                           the Guarantor or such Restricted Subsidiary, within a one year period after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, (i) applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction to the prepayment, repayment, redemption, reduction or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary having a maturity of more than one year that is not subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee or (ii) enters into a bona fide commitment to expend an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness for such Sale-Leaseback Transaction during such one-year period to the acquisition, construction or development of other similar Property.

 

Section 3.05.  Exclusion from Limitations.  Notwithstanding Sections 3.03 and 3.04 hereof, the Guarantor may, and may permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon any Restricted Property or the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary to secure Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Notes) or effect any Sale-Leaseback Transaction of a Restricted Property that is not excepted by Section 3.04(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, without equally and ratably securing the Notes or the Guarantee; provided that, after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness (other than the Notes) secured by Liens (other than Permitted Liens) upon Restricted Property and the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary plus the Attributable Indebtedness from Sale-Leaseback Transactions of Restricted Property not so excepted, do not exceed 20% of the Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

Section 3.06.  Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Company will maintain in London, United Kingdom, an office or agency where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where, if applicable, the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The office or agency (the “ Corporate Trust Office ”) used by the Trustee in London, United Kingdom as its office or agency for receiving securities, as the same may from time to time be designated by the Trustee, shall be such office or agency of the Company, unless the Company shall designate and maintain some other office or agency for one or more of such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of any such office or agency.  If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies (in or outside of London, United Kingdom) where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind any such designation; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its

 

26



 

obligation to maintain an office or agency in London, United Kingdom for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

Section 3.07.  Corporate Existence.   Subject to Article 4 hereof, each of the Company and the Guarantor will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take all reasonable action to maintain its corporate rights (charter and statutory), licenses, privileges and franchises; provided , however , that the Company and the Guarantor shall not be required to preserve any such right, license, privilege or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not, and will not be, disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders; and provided further , the Guarantor may amalgamate or merge in accordance with Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.08.  Maintenance of Properties; Insurance.  The Guarantor shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, except where failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Guarantor shall maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks as are customary for the Guarantor’s type of business.

 

Section 3.09.  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.  Each of the Company and the Guarantor shall pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all federal income and other material taxes, assessments and similar governmental charges imposed on it, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves to the extent required by U.S. GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or the Guarantor or (ii) the nonpayment of such federal income and other material taxes, assessments and claims in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.10.  Payments for Consent.  Neither the Company, the Guarantor nor any Subsidiaries of the Company or the Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fees or otherwise, to any Holder of any Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid or is paid to all Holders of the Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

Section 3.11.  Compliance Certificate.  The Company and the Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company and the Guarantor a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and the Guarantor, respectively, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an officer of the Company and the Guarantor he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default or Event of Default that occurred during such

 

27



 

period.  If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.  The Company also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 314(a)(4).

 

Section 3.12.  Further Instruments and Acts.  Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

Section 3.13.  Statement by Officers as to Default.   The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in any event within 10 days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 3.14.  Notice of Change in Bermuda Law, Debt Ratings.  The Guarantor shall give written notice to the Trustee promptly after becoming aware of (i) any changes in taxes, duties or other fees of Bermuda or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or any change in any laws of Bermuda, in each case, that may affect any payment due under this Indenture, (ii) any change in such Guarantor’s public or private debt ratings by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined by the SEC for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and (iii) any development or event which has had, or which the Guarantor in its good faith judgment believes will have, a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibilities or duties with respect to any such notice.  Delivery of any such notice to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such notice shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

Section 3.15.  Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.  (a)  If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Company has previously or concurrently irrevocably exercised its right to redeem all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 5.05 hereof without such redemption being subject to any conditions precedent, the Company shall make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) at a price in cash (the “ Change of Control Payment ”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.  Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall send notice of such Change of Control Offer by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes to the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of Euroclear/Clearstream with a copy to the Trustee, with the following information:

 

(i)                                                              that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.15 and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Company;

 

28



 

(ii)                                                           the date of the Change of Control Triggering Event;

 

(iii)                                                        the date, which will be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, by which the Company must purchase the Notes (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);

 

(iv)                                                       the price that the Company must pay for the Notes it is obligated to purchase;

 

(v)                                                          the name and address of the Trustee;

 

(vi)                                                       that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

 

(vii)                                                    that unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(viii)                                                 that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the paying agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(ix)                                                       that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the paying agent receives, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control notice, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

 

(x)                                                          that if the Company is repurchasing less than all of the Notes, the Holders of the remaining Notes will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered.  The unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof; and

 

(xi)                                                       the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 3.15, that a Holder must follow.

 

The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder or the Trustee receives such notice.  If (a) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (b) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect.  The Company shall comply with all federal and state securities laws, including, specifically, Rule 13e-4, if applicable, under the

 

29



 

Exchange Act, and any related Schedule 13E-4 required to be submitted under that rule, to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 3.15, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.15 by virtue thereof.

 

(b)                                                          On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law:

 

(i)                                                              accept for payment all Notes issued by it or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer,

 

(ii)                                                           deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered, and

 

(iii)                                                        deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating the aggregate principal amount of such Notes or portions thereof that have been tendered to, and purchased by, the Company.

 

(c)                                                           The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 3.15 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event, conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer.

 

(d)                                                          Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.15, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.15 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.04, 5.06 and 5.08 hereof.

 

(e)                                                           Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not purchase any Notes if there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default, unless such Event of Default results from the Company’s failure to pay the Change of Control Payment following the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

ARTICLE 4

SUCCESSOR GUARANTOR

 

Section 4.01.  Consolidation, Merger, Amalgamation and Sale of Assets by the Guarantor.  The Guarantor shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate with or merge or amalgamate with or into, or sell, lease, or convey all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

 

30


 

(a)                                                          in the case of the Guarantor:

 

(i)                                                              the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Guarantor ”) shall be either the Guarantor or a Person organized under the laws of Bermuda, the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, any full member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, and the Successor Guarantor (if not the Guarantor) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee and this Indenture; and

 

(ii)                                                           immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time would be an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or

 

(b)                                                          in the case of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Company):

 

(i)                                                              such transaction is a merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary with or into, or a consolidation of such Subsidiary with, the Guarantor (so long as the Guarantor is the surviving, continuing or resulting entity) or another Subsidiary or the sale, lease or conveyance by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to the Guarantor or another Subsidiary; or

 

(ii)                                                           such transaction is the merger or amalgamation of such Subsidiary with or into, the consolidation of such Subsidiary with, or the sale, lease or conveyance by such Subsidiary of all or substantially all of its property to, another Person (provided that such Person is not an Affiliate of such Subsidiary), so long as immediately prior to, and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists or would exist.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Guarantor, which properties and assets, if held by the Guarantor instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Guarantor.

 

If the Guarantor engages in one of the transactions described above and complies with the conditions listed above, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Guarantor under this Indenture, but, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Guarantor will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (including additional amounts).

 

In the event that the Guarantor consolidates with or merges or amalgamates with or into, or sells, leases or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person subject to the terms of this Section 4.01 (a “ Transfer ”) and the Successor Guarantor is a Person organized under the laws of a member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland, then the Guarantor and the Successor Guarantor shall, as a condition to such Transfer, (A) enter into a supplemental indenture with the Trustee providing for full, unconditional and irrevocable

 

31



 

indemnification of the holders and beneficial owners of the Notes and the Trustee against any tax or duty of whatever nature (other than any tax imposed by reason of the holders or beneficial owners of the Notes having some connection with any such jurisdiction, other than their participation as holders or beneficial owners of the Notes under this Indenture) which is incurred or otherwise suffered by such holders and beneficial owners and the Trustee with respect to the Notes and which would not have been incurred or otherwise suffered in the absence of such Transfer; and (B) deliver to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, legal opinions of independent legal counsel in New York and the applicable member state of the European Union, Canada, Australia or Switzerland the laws of which the Successor Guarantor is organized under, as applicable, to the effect that the Obligations of the Successor Guarantor with respect to the Guarantee, as the case may be, are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

ARTICLE 5
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION OF NOTES

 

Section 5.01.  Optional Redemption by the Company.   The Notes may be redeemed at any time as a whole or from time to time in part, subject to the conditions and at the Redemption Prices specified in the form of Notes set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date.

 

Section 5.02.  Applicability of Article.   Redemption of Notes at the election of the Company or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article 5.

 

Section 5.03.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.  The election of the Company to redeem any Notes pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.  In case of any redemption at the election of the Company, the Company shall, upon not later than the earlier of the date that is 30 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company or the date on which notice is given to the Holders (except as provided in Section 5.05 hereof or unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 5.04 hereof.

 

Section 5.04.  Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed.   If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time pursuant to an optional redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or, if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, or by lot, which shall comply with the procedures of Euroclear/Clearstream and which may provide for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of the Notes; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note not redeemed to less than [ ].

 

32



 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

Section 5.05.  Notice of Redemption.   Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided for in Section 11.02 hereof not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed.  The Trustee shall give notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided , however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, at least 15 days prior to the date the notice of redemption is to be given (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)                                  the Redemption Date,

 

(2)                                  the Redemption Price and the amount of accrued interest to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof, if any,

 

(3)                                  if less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption,

 

(4)                                  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Note, the Holder will receive, without charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)                                  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price (and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 5.07 hereof) will become due and payable upon each such Note, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed, and, unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, that interest on Notes called for redemption (or the portion thereof) will cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

(6)                                  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(7)                                  the name and address of the Paying Agent,

 

(8)                                  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price,

 

33



 

(9)                                  the CUSIP, Common Code or ISIN number (if any), and that no representation is made as to the accuracy or correctness of the CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes, and

 

(10)                           any conditions applicable to such redemption.

 

Section 5.06.  Deposit of Redemption Price.  Prior to 10:00 A.M. (London time) on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 2.04 hereof) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes which are to be redeemed on that date.

 

Section 5.07.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date.   Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the rights of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and premium, if any, shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

Section 5.08.  Notes Redeemed in Part.  Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5) shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note at the expense of the Company, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered, provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] in excess thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Euroclear/Clearstream shall select the Notes for redemption if evidenced by a Global Note according to Euroclear/Clearstream’s stated procedures therefor.

 

ARTICLE 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01.  Events of Default.  With respect to the Notes, an “ Event of Default ” occurs if:

 

(1)                                  the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

 

34



 

(2)                                  the Company defaults in the payment of the principal or premium, if any, on any Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(3)                                  the Company or the Guarantor defaults in the performance of or a breach by the Company or the Guarantor of any other covenant or agreement in this Indenture or under any Note (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above) and such default continues for 60 days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes;

 

(4)                                  the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments to which it is a party on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, the effect of which default or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such indebtedness constituting a guarantee) to become payable and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (4) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S.$100,000,000; or

 

(5)                                  (i) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Company, the

 

35



 

Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or any Material Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due.

 

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 10 days after becoming aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Default or Event of Default under clauses (3), (4) or (5) of this Section 6.01, which such notice shall contain the status thereof and a description of the action being taken or proposed to be taken by the Company in respect thereof.

 

Section 6.02.  Acceleration.  (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee by written notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the written request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable.  If an Event of Default described in paragraph (5) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, then in each and every such case, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes shall be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

(b)                                  In the event the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes becomes due and payable pursuant to Section 6.02(a) hereof, the Trustee shall instruct the Company, and the Company shall instruct the Master Trust Trustee, to declare due and payable the principal and accrued interest in respect of the intercompany loans that had been made using the net proceeds from the sale of such Notes invested in the Series 2003-1 VFC.

 

Section 6.03.  Other Remedies.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy.  All available remedies are cumulative.

 

Section 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal

 

36



 

amount of the outstanding Notes that have been accelerated (voting as a single class) by notice to the Trustee may (a) waive, by their consent (including, without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences with respect to the Notes except (i) a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, or interest on a Note or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 hereof cannot be amended without the consent of each Noteholder affected and (b) rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right.

 

Section 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.  However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 hereof, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 

Section 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.  Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, a Noteholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or any of the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                  the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                  the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes make a request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                  the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not give the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request during such 60-day period.

 

A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Noteholder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Noteholders) .

 

37



 

Section 6.07.  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 6.07 hereof.

 

Section 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Noteholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, the Guarantor, any of the Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may be entitled and empowered to participate as a member of any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof.

 

Section 6.10.  Priorities.  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof;

 

SECOND:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

THIRD:  to the Company.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10.  At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

 

Section 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.   In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable

 

38



 

costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by the Company, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.  (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs; provided that if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against loss, liability or expense.

 

Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(2)                                  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

(b)                                                          The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                  this paragraph does not limit the effect of the second paragraph of Section 7.01(a);

 

(2)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(3)                                  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

 

(c)                                                           Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs Section 7.01(a) and (b) hereof.

 

39



 

(d)                                                          The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

 

(e)                                                           Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)                                                            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

(g)                                                           Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(h)                                                          Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

Section 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.  Subject to Section 7.01 hereof:

 

(a)                                                          The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document (whether in its original or facsimile form) reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.  The Trustee shall receive and retain financial reports and statements of the Company as provided herein, but shall have no duty to review or analyze such reports or statements to determine compliance under covenants or other obligations of the Company, and the receipt of such reports or statements shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein;

 

(b)                                                          Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate and/or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on an Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel;

 

(c)                                                           The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care;

 

(d)                                                          The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence;

 

40


 

(e)                                                           The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel;

 

(f)                                                            The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

(g)                                                           The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder (including Registrar and Paying Agent), and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder;

 

(h)                                                          The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded;

 

(i)                                                              The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture;

 

(j)                                                             The Trustee’s rights, powers, indemnities, immunities and protections from liability and its rights to compensation and indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under this Indenture shall extend to (1) the Trustee, whether serving in any other capacity hereunder, including, without limitation, in the capacity of Paying Agent or Registrar and (2) the Trustee’s officers, directors, agents, counsel and employees.  Such immunities and protections and rights to indemnification, together with the Trustee’s right to compensation, shall survive the Trustee’s resignation or removal, the discharge of this Indenture and final payment of the Notes;

 

(k)                                                          The Trustee shall have no responsibility for any information in any offering document or other disclosure material distributed with respect to the Notes, and the Trustee shall have no responsibility for compliance with any state or federal securities laws in connection with the Notes, other than the filing of any documents required to be filed by an indenture trustee pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise required in this Indenture;

 

(l)                                                              Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, whenever any provision of this Indenture indicates that any confirmation of a condition or event is qualified by the words “to the knowledge of” or “known to” the Trustee or other words of similar meaning, said words shall mean and refer to the current awareness of one or more Trust Officers who are located at the Principal Trust Office of the Trustee or who are otherwise responsible for administering the trusts created under this Indenture;

 

41



 

(m)                              The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, during regular business hours and upon providing reasonable advance notice to the Company, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation; and

 

(n)                                  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

Section 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.   The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee must comply with Section 7.10 and Section 7.11 hereof.  In addition, the Trustee shall be permitted to engage in transactions with the Company; provided , however , that if the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest the Trustee must (i) eliminate such conflict within 90 days of acquiring such conflicting interest, (ii) apply to the Commission for permission to continue acting as Trustee or (iii) resign.

 

Section 7.04.  Trustee’s Disclaimer.  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and shall not be responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.  If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof, the Trustee shall send to each Noteholder at the address set forth in the Note Register notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Note, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

 

Section 7.06.  Report by Trustee to Holders.   Within 60 days after each [ ] beginning with the [ ] following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to [ ] in each year, the Trustee shall transmit to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of such [ ] that complies with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(a), but only if required under such Section.  The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit all reports

 

42



 

required by Trust Indenture Act, Section 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed.  The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee in writing whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

Section 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.  The Company shall pay to the Trustee such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and for its services hereunder as Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar and in all other capacities in which it is serving hereunder as the Company and the Trustee shall from time to time agree in writing.  The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing of notices to Noteholders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee, in addition to the compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  The Company shall indemnify the Trustee, and any predecessor Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel and agents, against any and all loss, liability, damages, claims or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it without negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with the administration of this trust or the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.07) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Noteholder, the Company or otherwise).  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder.  The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the obligation for defending the Trustee, and, in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, there is no conflict of interest between the Company and the Trustee in connection with such action, and there is no defense that could not be adequately raised if the Company assumes such obligation.  The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or negligence.

 

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes.  Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.  The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.07 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or Indebtedness of the Company.

 

The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.  When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(5) hereof with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.

 

43



 

The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation and removal of the Trustee.

 

Section 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)                                  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

(2)                                  the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

(3)                                  a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(4)                                  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of the Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition, at the Company’s expense, any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, any Noteholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger.  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

44



 

In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer of assets to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee.

 

Section 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.  The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(a).  The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S. $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent filed annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b); provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Trust Indenture Act, Section 310(b)(1) are met.

 

Section 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.   The Trustee shall comply with Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act, Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

 

Section 7.12.  Trustee’s Application for Instruction from the Company.  Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three Business Days after the date any officer of the Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

ARTICLE 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01.  Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.  (a) Subject to Section 8.01(b) hereof, when (i)(x) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof) for cancellation or (y) all outstanding Notes not theretofore delivered for cancellation have become due and payable, whether at maturity or upon redemption or will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company and the Company or the Guarantor irrevocably deposits or causes to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders cash in Euros, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest to pay and discharge the entire

 

45



 

indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal and premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption, (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Guarantor is bound; (iii) the Company or the Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture and the Notes; and (iv) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be, then the Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company (accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent specified herein relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with) and at the cost and expense of the Company.

 

(b)                                                          Subject to Section 8.01(c) and Section 8.02 hereof, the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (“ legal defeasance option ”), and after giving effect to such legal defeasance, any omission to comply with such obligations shall no longer constitute a Default or Event of Default or (ii) its obligations under, Section 3.02, Section 3.03, Section 3.04, Section 3.05, Section 3.08, Section 3.09 and Section 3.15 hereof, and the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and the operation of Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to this Section 8.01(b)(ii)), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof, and the events specified in such Sections shall no longer constitute an Event of Default (clause (ii) being referred to as the “ covenant defeasance option ”), but except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby.  The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, the Company may elect to have the Guarantee terminate.

 

If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default, and the Guarantee shall terminate.  If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(3) (only with respect to the covenants terminated pursuant to Section 8.01(b)(ii) above), Section 6.01(4) and Section 6.01(5) hereof.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

 

(c)                                                           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.01(a) and (b) hereof, the Company’s obligations in Section 2.02, Section 2.03, Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 2.08, Section 2.09, Section 2.10, Section 3.01, Section 3.06, Section 3.07, Section 3.10, Section 3.11, Section 3.12, Section 3.13, Section 3.14, Section 3.15, Section 6.07, Section 7.07, Section 7.08 hereof and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been

 

46



 

paid in full.  Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Section 7.07 and Section 8.04 hereof shall survive.

 

Section 8.02.  Conditions to Defeasance.   The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to the Notes only if:

 

(1)                                  the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders cash in Euros for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a firm of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited cash in Euros will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity;

 

(3)                                  no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, with respect to certain bankruptcy or insolvency Events of Default, on the 91st day after such date of deposit;

 

(4)                                  such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company, the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(5)                                  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that (A) the Notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder of the Notes is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ right generally;

 

(6)                                  the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the Company;

 

(7)                                  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(8)                                  in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such legal defeasance had not occurred;

 

47



 

(9)                                  in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that the beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and covenant defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

 

(10)                           the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with.

 

Section 8.03.  Application of Trust Money.  The Trustee shall hold cash in Euros deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8.  It shall apply the deposited cash in Euros through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes.

 

Section 8.04.  Repayment to Company.   The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess cash in Euros held by them upon payment of all the obligations under this Indenture.

 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any cash in Euros held by them for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on the Notes that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.

 

Section 8.05.  Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in Euros in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in Euros in accordance with this Article 8; provided , however , that, if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the cash in Euros held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE 9
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to or consent of any Noteholder:

 

(1)                                  to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

48



 

(2)                                  to comply with Article 4 in respect of the assumption by a Successor Guarantor or Successor Issuer of the respective obligation of the Guarantor or the Company under this Indenture;

 

(3)                                  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provided , however , that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 

(4)                                  to add guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)                                  to secure the Notes;

 

(6)                                  to add to the covenants of the Company or the Guarantor for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or the Guarantor;

 

(7)                                  to make any change that does not adversely affect the interests of any Noteholder;

 

(8)                                  to provide for the issuance of any Subsequent Notes; or

 

(9)                                  to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders at the address set forth in the Note Register, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

 

Section 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.  The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes.  However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected, an amendment may not:

 

(1)                                  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of this Indenture or the Notes;

 

(2)                                  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents pursuant to Section 3.02(f) hereof;

 

(3)                                  reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)                                  reduce the principal of, or extend the Stated Maturity of, any Note;

 

49



 

(5)                                  reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note as described above under Article 5 hereof or any similar provision, whether through an amendment to or waiver of Article 5 hereof, a definition or otherwise;

 

(6)                                  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Note;

 

(7)                                  impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)                                  make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or to the waiver provisions; or

 

(9)                                  release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee other than in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.  The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

 

Section 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.  Every amendment to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

Section 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.  A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective or otherwise in accordance with any related solicitation documents.  After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Noteholder.  An amendment or waiver shall become effective upon receipt by the Trustee of the requisite number of written consents under Section 9.01 or 9.02 hereof, as applicable.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture.  If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.  No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

 

50


 

Section 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Notes.  If an amendment changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee.  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder.  Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms.  Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

 

Section 9.06.  Trustee to Sign Amendments.   The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not in the opinion of the Trustee affect the rights, duties, protections, privileges, indemnities, powers, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it.  In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof), shall be fully protected in conclusively relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it conforms to the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and that such amendment is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and any Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).

 

ARTICLE 10
GUARANTEE

 

Section 10.01.  Guarantee.  The Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture, including, without limitation, the obligations of the Company under Section 7.07 hereof (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “ Obligations ”).  The Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by law) that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it will remain bound under this Article 10 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.

 

The Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment.  The Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Obligations.  The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure of the Trustee or any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Company.

 

51



 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Obligations.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of the Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

The Guarantor further agrees that the Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay any of the Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, the Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law).

 

The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of the Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Obligations, such Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guarantee.

 

The Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section.

 

Section 10.02.  No Subrogation.  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Trustee or any Holder against the Company or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Trustee or any Holder for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the

 

52



 

Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Company in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Trustee and the Holders, as well as the holders of any other Permitted Indebtedness, by the Company on account of the Obligations are paid in full.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Trustee and the Holders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Trustee in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Trustee, if required), to be applied against the Obligations.

 

Section 10.03.  Consideration.  The Guarantor has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefits from the making of the Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the Trust Indenture Act, the provision required by the Trust Indenture Act shall control.  The Guarantor in addition to performing its obligations under the Guarantee shall perform such other obligations as may be imposed upon it with respect to this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 11.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communication shall be in writing and (a) delivered in person, (b) sent by a recognized overnight delivery service (with charges prepaid), or (c) sent by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such notice by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), addressed as follows:

 

If to the Company:

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention: Treasurer

Telephone No:  (314) 292-2908

Telecopy:  (314) 292-4908

 

with a copy to:

 

Rajat Gupta

Telecopy:  (914) 684-3283

 

If to the Guarantor:

 

Bunge Limited

50 Main Street

White Plains, New York 10606

Attention:  Treasurer

 

53



 

Telephone:  (914) 684-3365

Telecopy:  (914) 684-3283

 

if to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Global Corporate Trust Services

Two Midtown Plaza

1349 West Peachtree Street, Suite 1050

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attention:  David Ferrell

Phone:  (404) 898-8821

Email:  david.ferrell@usbank.com

 

The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a registered Noteholder shall be mailed to the Noteholder at the Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.  If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

Section 11.03.  Communication by Holders with Other Holders.  Noteholders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(b) with other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act, Section 312(c).

 

Section 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.  Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                  an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signer, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(2)                                  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that an opinion under this Section will not be required in connection with the initial issuance of Notes.

 

Section 11.05.  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture

 

54



 

shall include:

 

(1)                                  a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)                                  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)                                  a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)                                  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

 

In giving such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely as to factual matters on an Officer’s Certificate or on certificates of public officials.

 

Section 11.06.  When Notes Disregarded.  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by an Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.  Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

 

Section 11.07.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by, or a meeting of, Noteholders.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

 

Section 11.08.  Legal Holidays.  A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required to be closed in New York, New York or London, United Kingdom and, for any place of payment outside of New York, New York, or London, United Kingdom, in such place of payment, and on which the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer system (the TARGET2 system), or any successor thereto, does not operate.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.  If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

 

Section 11.09.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

 

Section 11.10.  No Recourse Against Others.  An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this

 

55



 

Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder shall waive and release all such liability.  The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

Section 11.11.  Successors.  All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 11.12.  Consent to Jurisdiction.  The Company and the Guarantor irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or U.S. federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in any action or proceeding relating to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes.  The Company and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or U.S. federal court.  The Company and the Guarantor also hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection to venue or the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in any such court.  The Company and the Guarantor agree that final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, and may be enforced in any courts to the jurisdiction of which the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, is subject by a suit upon such judgment .

 

Section 11.13.  Appointment for Agent for Service of Process.  The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably designates and appoints its Chief Financial Officer (from time to time) at its principal executive offices at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York 10606 (the “ Authorized Agent ”), as its agent upon which process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 11.12 hereof and represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such designation and (ii) agrees that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Guarantor mailed or delivered to its Secretary at its registered office at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, Bermuda, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Guarantor in any such suit or proceeding.  The Guarantor further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent in full force and effect so long as any of the Notes shall be outstanding.

 

Section 11.14.  Waiver of Immunities.  To the extent that the Company or the Guarantor, respectively, or any of their properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, from set-off or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, or from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to their respective obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes, the Company and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, waive and agree not to plead or claim

 

56



 

any such immunity and consent to such relief and enforcement .

 

Section 11.15.  Additional Amounts.  The Company will and, in the event that payments are required to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to its obligations under the Guarantee, the Guarantor will pay to the Holder of any Note such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment to a holder or beneficial owner of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, assessment or other similar governmental charge duly imposed by The Netherlands or Bermuda, as applicable, will not be less than the amount provided in that Note to be then due and payable.  The Company or the Guarantor will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of (i) the holder or beneficial owner having some connection with The Netherlands or Bermuda, as applicable, other than its participation as a holder or beneficial owner of a Note or (ii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable other than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of any Note.

 

Section 11.16.  Judgment Currency.  If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder into any currency other than Euros, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee or any Holder, as the case may be, could purchase Euros with such other currency in London, United Kingdom on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.  The obligation of the Guarantor or the Company with respect to any sum due from it to the Trustee or any Holder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than Euros, be discharged only if and to the extent that on the first Business Day following receipt by the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, the Trustee or such Holder may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase Euros with such other currency.  If the Euros so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Guarantor agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Trustee or such Holder against such loss.  If the Euros so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder, the Trustee or such Holder, as the case may be, agrees to pay to the Guarantor an amount equal to the excess of the Euros so purchased over the sum originally due to the Trustee or such Holder hereunder.

 

Section 11.17.  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Company; Liability of the Company.  Each of the Noteholders and the Trustee hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of the last maturing Note and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any applicable insolvency laws.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, the sole remedy of any Noteholder, the Trustee or any other Person against the Company in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Indenture or the Notes shall be against the assets of the Company.  Neither the Trustee, nor any Noteholder nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are

 

57



 

insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as a “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 11.17 apply solely to the obligations of the Company and shall not extinguish such shortfall or otherwise restrict such Person’s rights or remedies against the Guarantor for purposes of the obligations of the Guarantor to any Person under the Guarantee.

 

The provisions of this Section 11.17 shall survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Section 11.18.  Multiple Originals.  The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.  One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.  The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or PDF transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes.  Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 11.19.  Qualification of Indenture.   The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officer’s Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.

 

Section 11.20.  Table of Contents; Headings.   The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 11.21  Force Majeure .  In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and also including interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services resulting therefrom; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 11.22  U.S.A. Patriot Act.  The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. Patriot Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee.  The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the

 

58



 

Trustee with such information as it may reasonably request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

 

59



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V., as

 

Issuer

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUNGE LIMITED, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

60


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

[Depository Legend, if applicable]

 

No. [     ]

Principal Amount [         ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Global Note attached hereto

 

 

 

CUSIP No.              [         ]

 

ISIN No:                  [         ]

 

Common Code No.: [         ]

 

[ ]% Senior Notes Due [ ]

 

Bunge Finance Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its corporate seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at 11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, United States of America and registered with the commercial register ( handelsregister ) of the Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel ) under number 24347428, promises to pay to USB Nominees (UK) Limited, or registered assigns, the principal sum of [         ], as revised by the Schedule of Increases and Decreases in Note attached hereto, on [ ].

 

Interest Payment Date:  [ ]

 

Record Date:  [ ]

 

Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the reverse side hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

BUNGE FINANCE EUROPE B.V.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF

AUTHENTICATION

 

US BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of

the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

 

By:

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

Date:                  , 20    

 



 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE AND SUBSEQUENT NOTE]

 

[ ]% Senior Note Due [ ]

 

1.                                       General

 

Bunge Finance Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands having its corporate seat ( statutaire zetel ) in Rotterdam, The Netherlands and its registered office at 11720 Borman Drive, St. Louis, Missouri 63146, United States of America and registered with the commercial register ( handelsregister ) (such company, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “ Company ”), issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of [ ], among the Company, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Trustee ”) (as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “ Indenture ”).  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”).  Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of those terms.

 

The Notes are general unsecured senior obligations of the Company, including (a) [ ] in aggregate principal amount of [ ]% Notes being offered on the Issue Date (subject to Section 2.07 of the Indenture) and (b) any Subsequent Notes.  The Notes rank equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company.  This Note is one of the [Initial Notes] [Subsequent Notes] referred to in the Indenture.

 

The Company may from time to time, without the consent of existing Holders, create and issue Subsequent Notes having the same terms and conditions as the Initial Notes in all respects, except for the Issue Date, issue price and first payment of interest thereon.  Subsequent Notes issued in this manner will be consolidated with and will form a single class with the previously outstanding Notes; provided , that if the Subsequent Notes are not fungible with the Initial Notes for United States federal income tax purposes, the Subsequent Notes will have a separate CUSIP, Common Code and ISIN number and/or any other identifying number.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Initial Notes and any Subsequent Notes will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.  The Indenture includes various covenants that limit the ability of the Company, among other things, to engage in any business or transaction, acquire assets or subsidiaries, incur Indebtedness or Liens or enter into any consolidations, mergers, amalgamations or sales of assets. In addition, the Indenture imposes certain limitations on, among other things, (i) the incurrence of Liens by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) Sale-Leaseback Transactions by the Guarantor or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii) consolidations, mergers, amalgamations and sales of assets of the Guarantor, the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture and the

 



 

Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Guarantor has unconditionally guaranteed such obligations pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.  The Guarantee is an unsecured and unsubordinated obligation of the Guarantor and ranks equally with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness and obligations of the Guarantor.

 

2.                                       Interest

 

The Company promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above.

 

The Company will pay interest annually in arrears on [ ] of each year commencing [ ].  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from [ ].  The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, plus interest on such interest to the extent lawful, at the rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful.  Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for (or from and including the original issue date of the Notes, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for with respect to the Notes) on the Notes, to, but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. This payment convention is referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) (as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association). In the event that any date on which interest is payable on this Note is not a Business Day, then a payment of the interest payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day (and without any interest or other payment in respect of any such delay) with the same force and effect as if made on the date the payment was originally payable. If the Stated Maturity or any Redemption Date with respect to this Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, will be made on the next succeeding Business Day as if it were made on the date such payment was due, and no interest will accrue on the amounts so payable for the period from and after such date to the next succeeding Business Day. The rights of Holders of beneficial interests in this Note to receive the payments of interest on such Note are subject to the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream.

 

3.                                       Method of Payment

 

By at least 10:00 a.m. local time in any Place of Payment on the date on which any principal of and premium, if any, or interest on any Note is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest.  The Company will pay interest (except Defaulted Interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the [ ] (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are cancelled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Company will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  Except as described in the succeeding two sentences, the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall

 



 

be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in London, United Kingdom, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Indenture; provided , however , that, at the option of the Company, each installment of interest may be paid by check mailed to addresses of the Persons entitled thereto as such addresses shall appear on the Note Register.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account specified by Euroclear/Clearstream.  Payments in respect of Notes represented by Definitive Notes (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) held by a Holder of at least [ ] aggregate principal amount of Notes will be made by wire transfer to a Euro account maintained by the payee with a bank in Europe if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 15 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

 

All payments of interest and principal on the Notes, including payments made upon any redemption of the Notes, will be made in Euros.  If the Euro is unavailable to the Company due to the imposition of exchange controls or other circumstances beyond the Company’s control of if the Euro is no longer being used by the then member states of the European Monetary Union that have adopted the Euro as their currency or for the settlement of transactions by public institutions of or within the international banking community, then all payments in respect of the Notes shall be made in U.S. dollars until the Euro is again available to the Company or so used.  The amount payable on any date in Euros shall be converted into U.S. dollars on the basis of the then most recently available Market Exchange Rate for Euros.  The Market Exchange Rate most recently available on, or prior to, the second Business Day before the relevant determination date will be the basis for determining the equivalent of Euro in the currency of the United States of America for any purpose under the Indenture. Any payment in respect of such Notes so made in U.S. dollars shall not constitute an Event of Default under the Notes or the Indenture.  Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any responsibility for obtaining exchange rates, effecting conversions or otherwise handling redenominations.

 

4.                                       Paying Agent and Registrar

 

Initially, Elavon Financial Services Limited, UK Branch, will act as Paying Agent and Elavon Financial Services Limited will act as Registrar.  The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Noteholder.  The Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

 

5.                                       Optional Redemption by the Company

 

Prior to the Par Call Date, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to (a) the greater of (i) 100% of their principal amount to be redeemed and (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon from the date of redemption to the Par Call Date (except for currently accrued but unpaid interest) discounted to the date of redemption, on an annual basis

 



 

(ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) (as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Markets Association)), at the applicable Comparable Government Bond Rate (as defined below), plus [•] basis points (such greater amount, the “ Make-Whole Redemption Price ”), plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption.

 

On and after the Par Call Date, the Notes will be redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on at least 30 days but not more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to the registered address of each Holder of Notes to be so redeemed, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed (the “ Par Call Redemption Price ” and, together with the Make-Whole Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”) plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to be redeemed to the date of redemption.

 

For purposes of determining the Redemption Price, the following definitions are applicable:

 

Comparable Government Bond ” means, in relation to any Comparable Government Bond Rate calculation, at the discretion of an Independent Investment Banker selected by the Company, a German government bond (Bundesanieihe) whose maturity is closest to the maturity of the Notes being redeemed, calculated as if the Stated Maturity of such Notes were the Par Call Date, or if such Independent Investment Banker in its discretion determines that such similar bond is not in issue, such other German government bond as such Independent Investment Banker may, with the advice of three brokers of, and/or market makers in, German government bonds selected by such Independent Investment Banker, determine to be appropriate for determining the Comparable Government Bond Rate.

 

Comparable Government Bond Rate ” means the price, expressed as a percentage (rounded to three decimal places, with 0.0005 being rounded upwards), at which the gross redemption yield on the Notes, if they were to be purchased at such price on the third (3 rd ) Business Day prior to the date fixed for redemption, would be equal to the gross redemption yield on such Business Day of the Comparable Government Bond on the basis of the middle market price of the Comparable Government Bond prevailing at 11:00 a.m. (London time) on such Business Day as determined by an Independent Investment Banker selected by the Company.

 

Independent Investment Banker ” means any of [ ] or, if none of such firms are willing or able to select the applicable Comparable Government Bond, a leading independent investment banking institution appointed by the Company.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Notes of [ ] in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon

 



cancellation of the original Note.  On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption as long as the Company has deposited with the Paying Agent funds in satisfaction of the applicable Redemption Price pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Par Call Date ” means [ ] (three months prior to the Stated Maturity).

 

6.                                       Offers to Repurchase

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to [ ] or an integral multiple of [ ] thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”).  The Change of Control Offer shall be made in accordance with Section 3.15 of the Indenture.

 

7.                                       Additional Amounts

 

The Company will and, in the event that payments are required to be made by the Guarantor pursuant to its obligations under the Guarantee, the Guarantor will pay to the Holder of any Note such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every net payment to a holder or beneficial owner of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Note, after deducting or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, fee, assessment or other similar governmental charge duly imposed by The Netherlands or Bermuda, as applicable, will not be less than the amount provided in such Note to be then due and payable.  The Company or the Guarantor will not be required, however, to make any payment of additional amounts for or on account of any such tax imposed by reason of (i) the holder or beneficial owner having some connection with The Netherlands or Bermuda, as applicable, other than its participation as a holder or beneficial owner of a Note or (ii) any tax, assessment or other governmental charge that is payable other than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of any Note.

 

8.                                       Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

 

The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of [ ] and whole multiples of [ ] in excess thereof.  A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.  The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange (i) any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of Notes to be redeemed and ending on the date of such mailing or (ii) any Notes for a period beginning 15 days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

 



 

9.                                       Persons Deemed Owners

 

The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

 

10.                                Unclaimed Money

 

If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person.  After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

 

11.                                Defeasance

 

Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee cash in Euros for the payment of principal and interest on such Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

 

12.                                Amendment, Waiver

 

The Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes; provided , however , that the consent of each Noteholder affected is required to (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment of the Indenture, the Notes or specified provisions of the Master Trust Transaction Documents, (ii) reduce the stated rate or extend the stated time for payment of interest on a Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of a Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon redemption of a Note, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated herein, (vi) impair the right of a Holder to receive payment under the Note or institute suit for the enforcement of such payment, (vii) make any change to the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or the waiver provisions, or (viii) release the Guarantor or modify the Guarantee.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Noteholder, the Company and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 4 of the Indenture, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, or to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, or to secure the Notes, or to add additional covenants of the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company, the Guarantor or any Subsidiary, issue Subsequent Notes, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder.

 

Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, any default (other than with respect to nonpayment or in respect of a provision that cannot be amended without the written consent of each Noteholder affected) or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, on behalf of all Holders of the Notes.

 


 

 

13.          Defaults and Remedies

 

Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (1) default for 30 days in payment of interest or additional interest when due on the Notes; (2) default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes at Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon declaration or otherwise; (3) the failure by the Company or the Guarantor to comply for 60 days after written notice with its other agreements contained in the Indenture or under the Notes (other than those referred to in (1) or (2) above); (4) the failure of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary (a) to pay the principal of any indebtedness for borrowed money, including obligations evidenced by any mortgage, indenture, bond, debenture, note, guarantee or other similar instruments, on the scheduled or original date due; (b) to pay interest on any such indebtedness beyond any provided grace period; or (c) to observe or perform any agreement or condition relating to such indebtedness, the effect of which is to cause such indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity and such acceleration has not been cured within 15 days after notice of acceleration; provided that an event described in clause (a), (b) or (c) above shall not constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more events of the type described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) shall have occurred or be continuing with respect to indebtedness in an amount exceeding U.S. $100,000,000; or (5) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, the Guarantor, a Designated Obligor or a Material Subsidiary (the “ bankruptcy events ”).  However, a default under clause (3) with respect to the Notes will not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Notes until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, of the default and the Company or the Guarantor, as the case may be, does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) hereof after receipt of such notice.

 

If an Event of Default other than a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes by written notice to the Company to be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default in connection with a bankruptcy event occurs and is continuing, the principal amount of the Notes, the premium, if any, and all accrued and unpaid interest shall be immediately due and payable without any action or other act on the part of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (voting as a single class) may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

14.          Trustee Dealings with the Company

 

Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may

 



 

otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

15.          No Recourse Against Others

 

An incorporator, director, officer, employee, affiliate or stockholder of each of the Company or the Guarantor, solely by reason of this status, shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, the Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Note, each Noteholder waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

 

16.          No Petition

 

By its acquisition of this Note, each Holder hereof agrees that neither it nor the Trustee on its behalf may commence, or join with any other person in the commencement of, a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding with respect to the Company under any applicable insolvency laws until one year and one date after the Notes and all other Indebtedness of the Company ranking equal with or junior to the Notes in right of payment, including all interest and premium thereon, if any, are paid in full.

 

17.          Authentication

 

This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication appearing on this Note.

 

18.          Abbreviations

 

Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

 

19.          CUSIP Numbers and ISIN Numbers

 

Pursuant to recommendations promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures and the International Securities Identification Numbers Organization, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers and/or ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and/or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 



 

20.          Governing Law

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles thereof.

 

The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

 

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

11720 Borman Drive

St. Louis, Missouri 63146

Attention: Treasurer

Telephone No:  (314) 292-2908

Telecopy:  (314) 292-4908

 



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint              agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

(Signature must be guaranteed)

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.

 



 

[TO BE ATTACHED TO NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN NOTE

 

The following increases or decreases in this Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Note

 

Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Note

 

Principal Amount of this
Note following such
decrease or increase

 

Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Securities Custodian

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.15 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

[   ] Section 3.15

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

 

 

Tax Identification No.:

 

 

Signature Guarantee*:

 

 

 


* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Designated Obligors and Material Subsidiaries

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Designated Obligors as of the date hereof:

 

·                   Bunge Global Markets Inc.

 

·                   Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

 

·                   Bunge North America, Inc.

 

·                   Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

 

·                   Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

·                   Bunge Argentina S.A.

 

·                   Bunge Fertilizantes International Limited

 

·                   Bunge Fertilizantes S.A. (Brazil)

 

·                   Bunge International Commerce Ltd.

 

·                   Bunge S.A.

 

The following Subsidiaries constitute all of the Material Subsidiaries as of the date hereof:

 

·               Bunge North America, Inc.

 

·               Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

 

·               Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

·               Bunge Argentina S.A.

 



 

SCHEDULE 3.4

 

Existing Liens

 

Subsidiary/Joint
Ventures

 

Facility

 

Amount
Outstanding

 

Description of Collateral

Terminal 6 SA (unconsolidated joint ventures in Argentina)

 

Bank (Bunge’s share)

 

$

1.0 million

 

Shares of Terminal 6 SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EGT LLC (consolidated JV)

 

JV loan agreement

 

$

0 million

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bunge Alimentos S.A.

 

BNDES

 

$

6.4 million

 

Land, buildings and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Black Sea Industries Ukraine

 

EBRD Loan

 

$

32.5 million

 

Extraction plant, Preparation plant and Boiler house (buildings and equipment) of BSIU crushing plant at Illychevsk, Ukraine

 




Exhibit 5.1

 

6 May 2016

 

Matter No.:352579

Doc Ref: legal11142662

 

1.441.278.7974

ciara.brady@conyersdill.com

 

Bunge Limited

50 Main Street

White Plains

New York 10606

U.S.A.

 

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: Bunge Limited (the “Company”)

 

We have acted as special Bermuda legal counsel to the Company in connection with a registration statement on Form S-3  (Registration No. 333-207870) originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on 6 November 2015, as amended by post-effective amendment No. 1 filed on 6 May 2016, (the “Registration Statement”, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the shelf registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) of common shares of the Company, par value US$0.01 each (“Common Shares”), preference shares of the Company, par value US$0.01 each (“Preference Shares” and, together with Common Shares, “Equity Securities”, which term includes any Common Shares or Preference Shares to be issued pursuant to the conversion, exchange or exercise of, or payment of bonus issues or dividends on, any Equity Securities), senior debt securities of Bunge Limited Finance Corp (the “BLFC Debt Securities”) and senior debt securities of Bunge Finance Europe B.V. (together with the BLFC Debt Securities, the “Debt Securities”) and the guarantee by the Company of any of the Debt Securities (a “Guarantee” and, together with the Equity Securities and Debt Securities, the “Securities”).

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined an electronic copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed copies of the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company (together, the “Constitutional Documents”) each certified

 



 

by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 6 2016, extracts of minutes of meetings of its directors held on 5 March 2013, 27-28, February 2014 and 6-7 October 2015  (the “Resolutions”) each certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 6  2016, a Power of Attorney dated 23 October 2015 (the “PoA”) certified by the Assistant Secretary of the Company on 6 May 2016, and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.

 

We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings, or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been, and will not be, rescinded or amended, (e) that the Company will issue the Equity Securities and enter into any and all Guarantees in furtherance of its objects as set out in its memorandum of association, (f) that the Constitutional Documents will not be amended in any manner that would affect the opinions expressed herein, (g) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (h) that the Company will have sufficient authorised capital to effect the issue of any of the Equity Securities at the time of issuance, whether as a principal issue or on the conversion, exchange or exercise of or payment of bonus issues or dividends on, any Equity Securities, (i) that shares of the Company will be listed on an appointed stock exchange, as defined in the Companies Act 1981, as amended (the “Companies Act”), and the consent to the issue and free transfer of shares of the Company up to its authorised capital from time to time given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority dated 10 July 2001 will not have been revoked or amended at the time of issuance of any Equity Securities, (j) that the form and terms of any and all Securities (including, without limitation, the designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of Preference Shares) or other securities (or other obligations, rights, currencies, commodities or other subject matter) comprising the same or subject thereto, the issuance and sale thereof by BLFC and/or the Company, and the Company’s incurrence and performance of its obligations thereunder or in respect thereof (including, without limitation, its obligations under any related agreement, indenture, guarantee or supplement thereto) in accordance with the terms thereof will not violate the Constitutional Documents nor any applicable law, regulation, order or decree in Bermuda, (k) that all necessary corporate action will be taken to authorise and approve any issuance of the Securities (including, without limitation, if Preference Shares are to be issued, all necessary corporate action to establish one or more series of Preference Shares and fix the designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications,

 

2



 

limitations and restrictions thereof), the terms of the offering thereof and related matters, and that the applicable definitive purchase, underwriting or similar agreement and, if Debt Securities are to be guaranteed by the Company, the applicable indenture (including, without limitation, any indenture containing a Guarantee) and any applicable supplements thereto, will be duly approved, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and all other parties thereto, (l) that the applicable purchase, underwriting or similar agreement, any Debt Securities and any indenture (including, without limitation, any indenture containing a Guarantee) and any supplement thereto and any other agreement or other document relating to any of the Securities will be valid and binding in accordance with its terms pursuant to its governing law; (m) that the issuance and sale of and payment for the Securities will be in accordance with the applicable purchase, underwriting or similar agreement duly approved by the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorized committee thereof, the Registration Statement (including the prospectus set forth therein and any applicable supplement thereto) and, if Debt Securities are to be issued by BLFC or BFE, the applicable indenture (including, without limitation, any indenture containing a Guarantee) and any applicable supplements thereto, (n) that, upon the issue of any Equity Securities, the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof or will capitalize an amount equal to the par value of any such Equity Securities from the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or funds otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum to pay up such Equity Securities upon issuance thereof in accordance with the Constitutional Documents, (o) that the Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Part III of the Companies Act entitled “Prospectuses and Public Offers”, (p) the capacity, power and authority of all parties other than the Company to enter into and perform their obligations under any and all documents entered into by such parties in connection with the issuance of the Securities, and the due execution and delivery thereof by each party thereto, (q) that none of the parties to such documents carries on business from premises in Bermuda at which it employs staff and pays salaries and other expenses, (r) that BLFC and BFE are, and will each be, a “subsidiary” of the Company as such term is defined in the PoA and (s) that the PoA is in full force and effect and has not been, and will not be, revoked or amended.

 

The obligations of the Company in connection with any of the Securities and any indenture or other agreement or document relating thereto (a) will be subject to the laws from time to time in effect relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, possessory liens, rights of set off, reorganisation, amalgamation, moratorium or any other laws or legal procedures, whether of a similar nature or otherwise, generally affecting the rights of creditors, (b) will be subject to statutory limitation of the time within which proceedings may be brought, (c) will be subject to general principles of equity and, as such, specific performance and injunctive relief, being equitable remedies, may not be available, (d) may not be given effect to by a Bermuda court if and to the extent they constitute the payment of an amount which is in the nature of a penalty and not in the nature of liquidated damages, and (e)  may not be given effect by a Bermuda court to the extent that they are to be performed in a jurisdiction outside Bermuda and such performance would be illegal under the laws of that jurisdiction.

 

3



 

Notwithstanding any contractual submission to the jurisdiction of specific courts, a Bermuda court has inherent discretion to stay or allow proceedings in the Bermuda courts.

 

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda.  This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the issuance of the Equity Securities and entry into any Guarantees by the Company as described in the Registration Statement and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing we are of the opinion that:

 

1.               The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda governmental authority or to pay any Bermuda government fee or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda).

 

2.               Upon the due issuance of any Equity Securities and payment of the consideration therefor, or capitalization of the par value thereof in accordance with the Constitutional Documents, such Equity Securities will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).

 

3.               Upon the guarantee by the Company of any Debt Securities issued by either BLFC or BFE, such Guarantees will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.  In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we

 

4



 

are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

/s/ Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited

 

5




Exhibit 5.2

 

Reed Smith LLP

599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
212.521.5400
Fax 212.521.5450

 

May 6, 2016

 

Bunge Limited

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

50 Main Street, 6th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as Trustee
1251 Avenue of the Americas
19
th  Floor
New York, NY 10020

 

Re:           Bunge Limited and Bunge Limited Finance Corp. Registration Statement on Form S-3

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel to Bunge Limited, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ Bunge ”), and Bunge Limited Finance Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (“ BLFC ”; and together with Bunge, the “ Registrants ”), in connection with the automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) relating to the offering from time to time, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of senior debt securities of BLFC (the “ Senior Debt Securities ”), and the guarantee of the obligations represented by such Senior Debt Securities (the “ Guarantee ”) by Bunge (in such capacity, the “ Guarantor ”), as described in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”) and as shall be designated by the Registrants at the time of the applicable offering.  Capitalized terms used in this letter and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).

 

The Senior Debt Securities will be issued in one or more series pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of November   , 2015 (the “ Indenture ”), to be entered into among BLFC, the Guarantor and MUFG Union Bank, N.A., as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), a form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

In that connection, we have reviewed the originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction, of the Indenture, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the certificate of

 



 

incorporation and by-laws, in each case as amended, of BLFC, and such corporate records of BLFC, certificates of public officials, officers of the Registrants and other persons, and other documents, agreements and instruments, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below.  In our review, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of the originals of the documents submitted to us and the conformity to authentic originals of any documents submitted to us as copies.  We have further assumed, as to matters of fact, the truthfulness of the representations made in certificates of public officials and officers of the Registrants; and that the Indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each party thereto, other than the Registrants, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms.  We also have assumed that the execution, delivery and performance by the Registrants of the Indenture will be duly authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) and will not (a) contravene the certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association or by-laws of Bunge, (b) contravene the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of BLFC, (c) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Registrants or (d) result in any conflict with or breach of any agreement or document binding on the Registrants, and that no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Registrants of the Indenture or, if any such authorization, approval, consent, action, notice or filing is required, it has been or will be duly obtained, taken, given or made and is or will be in full force and effect.

 

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, the Delaware General Corporation Law, including the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported decisions interpreting those laws, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

 

Our opinions as expressed herein are subject to the following qualifications and comments:

 

(a)           The enforceability of the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Senior Debt Securities and the obligations of the Registrants thereunder and the availability of certain rights and remedial provisions provided for in the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Senior Debt Securities are subject to (1) the effect of applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, conservatorship, and moratorium laws, and are subject to limitations imposed by other laws and judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (2) the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity) upon the availability of injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, including, without limitation, where (i) the breach of such covenants or provisions imposes restrictions or burdens upon a debtor and it cannot be demonstrated that the enforcement of such remedies, restrictions or burdens is reasonably necessary for the protection of a creditor; (ii) a creditor’s enforcement of such remedies, covenants or provisions under the circumstances, or the manner of such enforcement, would violate such creditor’s implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or would be commercially unreasonable; or (iii) a court having jurisdiction finds that such remedies, covenants or provisions were, at the time made, or are in application, unconscionable as a matter

 

2



 

of law or contrary to public policy, and (3) possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

(b)           We express no opinion with respect to the applicability or effect of state securities or “blue sky” laws with respect to the registration and qualification of the Senior Debt Securities or the Guarantee.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.             The Indenture, when duly executed and delivered by the Registrants, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Registrants, enforceable against the Registrants in accordance with its terms.

 

2.             When (i) the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Registrants, (ii) the final terms of the Senior Debt Securities have been duly established and approved by the Registrants, (iii) the issuance and sale of the Senior Debt Securities (including the Guarantee endorsed thereon) has been duly authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) and (iv) such Senior Debt Securities (including the Guarantee endorsed thereon) have been duly executed by the Registrants and duly authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and delivered to the purchasers thereof against payment of the consideration therefore duly approved by the Registrants, the Senior Debt Securities and the Guarantee endorsed thereon will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Registrants, enforceable against BLFC and Bunge, respectively, in accordance with their terms.

 

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters.  This opinion letter is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters”.  In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ REED SMITH LLP

 

JMB/MP/DB/DMG

 

 

Legalop.

 

3




Exhibit 5.3

 

Reed Smith LLP

599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
212.521.5400
Fax 212.521.5450

 

May 6, 2016

 

Bunge Limited

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

50 Main Street, 6th Floor

White Plains, NY 10606

 

U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
Global Corporate Trust Services
125 Old Broad Street, 5
th  Floor
London, EC2N 1AR, United Kingdom
Attention: Emma Hamley

 

Re:                              Bunge Limited and Bunge Finance Europe B.V. Registration Statement on Form S-3

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as United States counsel to Bunge Limited, a company formed under the laws of Bermuda (“ Bunge ”), and Bunge Finance Europe B.V., a private company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (“ BFE ”; and together with Bunge, the “ Registrants ”), in connection with the automatic shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed with the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) relating to the offering from time to time, pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), of senior debt securities of BFE (the “ Senior Debt Securities ”), and the guarantee of the obligations represented by such Senior Debt Securities (the “ Guarantee ”) by Bunge (in such capacity, the “ Guarantor ”), as described in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”) and as shall be designated by the Registrants at the time of the applicable offering.  Capitalized terms used in this letter and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture (as defined below).

 

The Senior Debt Securities will be issued in one or more series pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of May   , 2016 (the “ Indenture ”), to be entered into among BFE, the Guarantor and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), a form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 



 

In that connection, we have reviewed the originals, or copies identified to our satisfaction, of the Indenture, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and such certificates of public officials, officers of the Registrants and other persons, and other documents, agreements and instruments, as we have deemed necessary as a basis for the opinions expressed below.  In our review, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of the originals of the documents submitted to us and the conformity to authentic originals of any documents submitted to us as copies.  We have further assumed, as to matters of fact, the truthfulness of the representations made in certificates of public officials and officers of the Registrants; and that the Indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each party thereto, other than the Registrants, enforceable against each such party in accordance with its terms.  We also have assumed that the execution, delivery and performance by the Registrants of the Indenture will be duly authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) and will not (a) contravene the certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association or by-laws of Bunge, (b) contravene the deed of incorporation or articles of association of BFE, (c) violate any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Registrants or (d) result in any conflict with or breach of any agreement or document binding on the Registrants, and that no authorization, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other third party is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Registrants of the Indenture or, if any such authorization, approval, consent, action, notice or filing is required, it has been or will be duly obtained, taken, given or made and is or will be in full force and effect.

 

We express no opinion herein as to the laws of any state or jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York, including the applicable reported decisions interpreting those laws, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

 

Our opinions as expressed herein are subject to the following qualifications and comments:

 

(a)                                  The enforceability of the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Senior Debt Securities and the obligations of the Registrants thereunder and the availability of certain rights and remedial provisions provided for in the Indenture, the Guarantee and the Senior Debt Securities are subject to (1) the effect of applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, conservatorship, and moratorium laws, and are subject to limitations imposed by other laws and judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally, (2) the effect of general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity) upon the availability of injunctive relief or other equitable remedies, including, without limitation, where (i) the breach of such covenants or provisions imposes restrictions or burdens upon a debtor and it cannot be demonstrated that the enforcement of such remedies, restrictions or burdens is reasonably necessary for the protection of a creditor; (ii) a creditor’s enforcement of such remedies, covenants or provisions under the circumstances, or the manner of such enforcement, would violate such creditor’s implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, or would be commercially unreasonable; or (iii) a court having jurisdiction finds that such remedies, covenants or provisions were, at the time made, or are in application, unconscionable as a matter

 

2



 

of law or contrary to public policy, and (3) possible judicial action giving effect to governmental actions or foreign laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

(b)                                  We express no opinion with respect to the applicability or effect of state securities or “blue sky” laws with respect to the registration and qualification of the Senior Debt Securities or the Guarantee.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.                                       The Indenture, when duly executed and delivered by the Registrants, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Registrants, enforceable against the Registrants in accordance with its terms.

 

2.                                       When (i) the Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the Registrants, (ii) the final terms of the Senior Debt Securities have been duly established and approved by the Registrants, (iii) the issuance and sale of the Senior Debt Securities (including the Guarantee endorsed thereon) has been duly authorized by all necessary action (corporate or otherwise) and (iv) such Senior Debt Securities (including the Guarantee endorsed thereon) have been duly executed by the Registrants and duly authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, and delivered to the purchasers thereof against payment of the consideration therefore duly approved by the Registrants, the Senior Debt Securities and the Guarantee endorsed thereon will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Registrants, enforceable against BFE and Bunge, respectively, in accordance with their terms.

 

Please note that we are opining only as to the matters expressly set forth herein, and no opinion should be inferred as to any other matters.  This opinion letter is based upon currently existing statutes, rules, regulations and judicial decisions.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and to the use of our name therein and in the related Prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters”.  In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ REED SMITH LLP

 

JMB/MP/DB/DMG

 

Legalop.

 

3




Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-207870 of our reports dated February 25, 2016 , relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Bunge Limited and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (which report expresses an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting because of a material weakness), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

 

 

New York, NY

 

May 6, 2016

 

 




Exhibit 25.1

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER
THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

o Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)

 


 

MUFG UNION BANK, N.A.

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

94-0304228

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

400 California Street
San Francisco, California

 

94104

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

General Counsel

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

400 California Street
Corporate Trust - 12
th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104
(415) 765-2945

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

Bunge Limited

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Bermuda

 

98-0231912

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

26-002-1554

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

50 Main Street
White Plains, New York

 

10606

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Debt Securities

(Title of the indenture securities)

 

 

 



 

FORM T-1

 

Item 1.                                         GENERAL INFORMATION Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

a)        Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

b)        Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2.                                  AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.  If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

Items 3-15                                      Items 3-15 are not applicable.

 

Item 16.                           LIST OF EXHIBITS:  List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

1.               A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee now in effect.  Attached as Exhibit 1.

 

2.               A copy of the certificate of corporate existence of the Trustee.  *

 

3.               A copy of the certificate of corporate existence and fiduciary powers of the Trustee. *

 

4.               A copy of the existing By-Laws of the Trustee, or instruments corresponding thereto.  Attached as Exhibit 4.

 

5.               A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4, if the obligor is in default.  Not applicable.

 

6.               The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.  Attached as Exhibit 6.

 

7.               A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority. Attached as Exhibit 7.

 

8.               A copy of any order pursuant to which the foreign Trustee is authorized to act as sole Trustee under indentures qualified or to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.  Not applicable.

 

9.               Foreign trustees are required to file a consent to service process of Form F-X [§269.5 of this chapter].  Not applicable.

 

2



 


*         Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the Trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25.1 to the Form S-3 dated July 30, 2013 of file number 333-190256.

 

3



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, MUFG Union Bank, N. A., a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of New York, State of New York on the 4th day of November, 2015.

 

 

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marion Zinowski

 

 

Marion Zinowski

 

 

Vice President

 

4


 

Exhibit 1

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

MUFG UNION BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Restated as of July 1, 2014 )

 

FIRST .   The name of this Association shall be “MUFG Union Bank, National Association.”

 

SECOND .   The head office of this Association shall be in the City and County of San Francisco, State of California. The general business of the Association shall be conducted at its head office and its legally established branches.

 

THIRD .   The board of directors of this Association shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than twenty-five (25) individuals, the exact number of directors within such minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board of directors or by resolution of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting thereof. Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, any vacancy in the board of directors for any reason, including an increase in the number thereof, may be filled by action of the board of directors, though less than a quorum.

 

FOURTH .   The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of whatever other business may be brought before said meeting shall be held at the head office or such other place as the board of directors may designate, on the date of each year specified therefor in the Bylaws, but if no election is held on that day, it may be held on any subsequent day according to the provisions of laws; and all elections shall be held according to such lawful regulations as may be prescribed by the board of directors.

 

Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding class of capital stock of the Association entitled to vote for election of directors.

 

FIFTH .   The amount of authorized capital stock of this Association shall be $675,000,000, consisting of 45,000,000 shares of common stock of the par value of $15 each, but said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the United States.

 

SIXTH .   The board of directors shall appoint one of its members president of this Association, who shall be chairman of the board, unless the board appoints another director to be chairman. The board of directors shall have the power to appoint one or more vice presidents, and to appoint a cashier and such other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this Association.

 

The board of directors shall have the power to define the duties of the officers and employees of the Association; to fix the compensation to be paid to them; to dismiss them; to require bonds from them and to fix the penalty thereof; to regulate the manner in which any increase of the capital of the Association shall be made; to manage and administer the business and affairs of the Association; to make all Bylaws that it may be lawful for them to make; and generally to do and perform all acts that it may be legal for a board of directors to do and perform.

 

SEVENTH .   The board of directors shall have the power to change the location of the head office to any other place within the limits of the City of San Francisco, without the approval of the

 

1



 

shareholders but subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency; and shall have the power to establish or change the location of any branch or branches of the Association to any other location, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

EIGHTH .   The corporate existence of this Association shall continue until terminated in accordance with the laws of the United States.

 

NINTH .   Special meetings of the shareholders of this Association may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the deputy chairman of the board, the president or by the majority shareholder. Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, a notice of the time, place and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed at least ten (10) days prior to the date of such meeting to each shareholder of record at his address as shown upon the books of this Association, provided that said notice may be waived by a majority shareholder.

 

TENTH .   These Articles of Association may be amended at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of this Association, unless the vote of the holders of a greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the holders of such greater amount, voting in person or by proxy.

 

ELEVENTH .        (a)       This Association may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Association) by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer, employee or agent of the Association, or is or was serving at the request of the Association as an officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Association and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Association, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                             This Association may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Association to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an officer, employee or agent of the Association, or is or was serving at the request of the Association as an officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually or reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Association and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Association unless and only to the extent that the Superior Court of the State of California or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the

 

2



 

adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

 

(c)                           To the extent that an officer, employee or agent of the Association has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.

 

(d)                          Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Association only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the board of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the shareholders of the Association.

 

(e)                            Expenses incurred by an officer in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Association in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such officer to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Association as authorized in this article. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

 

(f)                            The Association shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a member of the board of directors of the Association, or is or was serving at the request of the Association as a member of the board of directors or any committee thereof of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (any such person, for the purposes of this subsection (f), a “director”), against expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action, suit or proceeding; provided, however , that the Association is not authorized to provide indemnification of any director for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director may not be relieved of liability as set forth in Section 102(b}(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). The Association shall advance expenses incurred or to be incurred in defending any such proceeding to any such director.

 

(1)                                             The following procedures shall apply with respect to advancement of expenses and the right to indemnification under this subsection (f):

 

(i) Advancement of Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director in connection with any proceeding shall be advanced to the director by the Association within twenty days after the receipt by the Association of a statement or statements from the director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the expenses incurred or to be incurred by the director and, if required by law at the time of such

 

3



 

advance, shall include or be accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of the director to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the director is not entitled to be indemnified against such expenses.

 

(ii)                              Written Request for Indemnification. To obtain indemnification under this subsection (f), a director shall submit to the Secretary of the Association a written request, including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the director and reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the director is entitled to indemnification (the “Supporting Documentation”). Any claim for indemnification under this Article Eleventh shall be paid in full within thirty days after receipt by the Association of the written request for indemnification together with the Supporting Documentation unless independent legal counsel to the Association, acting at the request of the Board of Directors of the Association (or a committee of the Board designated by the Board for such purpose), shall have determined, in a written legal opinion to the Association without material qualification, that the director is not entitled to indemnification by reason of any of the circumstances specified in the proviso to the first sentence of this subsection (f) or in subsection (k) of this Article Eleventh. The Secretary of the Association shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors in writing that the director has requested indemnification and shall promptly, upon receipt of any such opinion, advise the Board in writing that such determination has been made.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Association shall not be required to advance such expenses to a director who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the Association and approved by a majority of the board of directors which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such director, a transaction in which the director derived an improper personal benefit or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such director’s duty to the Association or its shareholders.

 

(2)                                           The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this subsection (f) shall be contract rights. If a claim under this subsection (f) is not paid in full by the Association within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Association, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty days, the director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Association to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Association to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the director shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by a director to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the director to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit by the Association to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Association shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification under the applicable law then in effect. Neither the failure of the Association to have made payment in full of the claim for indemnification prior to the commencement of such suit, nor an actual determination by independent legal counsel to the Association that the director is not entitled to such indemnification, shall create a presumption that the director has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the director, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the director to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of

 

4



 

expenses hereunder, or by the Association to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the director is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this subsection (f) or otherwise shall be on the Association.

 

(g)          The indemnification provided by this article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in this official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(h)          This Association may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Association, or is or was serving at the request of the Association as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Association would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this article.

 

(i)          For purposes of this article, references to “the Association” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existing had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this article with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(j)          For purposes of this article, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Association” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Association which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Association” as referred to in this article.

 

(k)          Notwithstanding anything in this article to the contrary, the Association shall not indemnify any director, officer or employee nor purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any director, officer or employee in circumstances not permitted by 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

(l)          If any provision or provisions of this article shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions (including, without limitation, each portion of this article containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent

 

5



 

possible, shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.”

 

TWELFTH .                                              To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Association shall not be personally liable to the Association, its shareholders or otherwise for monetary damage for breach of his or her duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this article shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Association existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

6


 

Exhibit 4

 

BYLAWS

of

MUFG UNION BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Restated as of July 1. 2014 )

 

ARTICLE I

 

Meetings of Shareholders

 

Section 1.1.          Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held each year on the date and at the time specified by the Board of Directors. At each annual meeting the shareholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

 

Notice of such meeting shall be mailed, postage prepaid, at least ten days and no more than 60 days prior to the date thereof by first class mail addressed to each shareholder at his address appearing on the books of the Association; provided, however, that the shareholders may waive notice of the annual meeting.

 

If for any cause an election of directors is not made on said day, the board of directors shall order the election to be held on some subsequent day, as soon thereafter as practicable, according to the provisions of law; and notice thereof shall be given in the manner herein provided for the annual meeting.

 

Section 1.2.          Special Meetings . Except as otherwise specifically provided by statute, special meetings of the shareholders of this Association may be called for any purpose at any time by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the deputy chairman of the board, the president or by the majority shareholder of this Association. Every such special meeting unless otherwise provided by law shall be called by mailing, first-class postage prepaid, not less than ten days prior to the date fixed for such meeting to each shareholder at his address appearing on the books of this Association, a notice stating the purpose of the meeting, provided that said notice may be waived by a majority shareholder.

 

Section 1.3.          Nomination for Director . Nominations for election to the board of directors may be made by the board of directors or by any shareholder of any outstanding capital stock of the Association entitled to vote for the election of directors.

 

Section 1.4.          Proxies . Shareholders may vote at any meeting of the shareholders by proxies duly authorized in writing, but no officer or employee of this Association shall act as proxy.

 

1



 

Section 1.5.          Quorum . The presence in person or by proxy of persons entitled to vote a majority of the issued and outstanding stock of this Association shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, unless otherwise provided by law; but less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. A majority of the votes cast shall decide every question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting unless otherwise provided by law of by the Articles of Association.

 

Section 1.6.          Action by Shareholders . Except as provided by law, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meetings of the shareholders of this Association, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meetings of the shareholders may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, shall be signed by holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at the meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

ARTICLE II

 

Directors

 

Section 2.1.          Board of Directors . The board of directors (henceforth referred to as the board) shall have the power to manage and administer the business and affairs of the Association. Except as specifically limited by law, all corporate powers of the Association shall be vested in and may be exercised by said board.

 

Section 2.2.          Number . The board shall consist of not less than five nor more than twenty-five individuals, the exact number within such minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full board or by resolution of the shareholders at any meeting thereof; provided, however, that a majority of the full board may not increase the number of directors to a number which; (i) exceeds by more than two the number of directors last elected by shareholders where such number was fifteen or less; or (ii) to a number that exceeds by more than four the number of directors last elected by shareholders where such number was sixteen or more, but in no event shall the number of directors exceed twenty-five.

 

Section 2.3.          Organizational Meeting . There shall be a meeting of the board immediately following the election of the board at the annual meeting of shareholders which meeting shall be held for the purpose of organization; no notice of such meeting need be given. If at the time fixed for such meeting there shall not be a quorum present, the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained.

 

2



 

At such meeting, the board shall elect a chairman of the board, a president, a deputy chairman of the board and one or more vice chairmen of the board. The chairman shall preside at all directors’ meetings and in his absence, the president and, then, in his absence, the deputy chairman and, in his absence, a vice chairman of the board shall preside at such meetings. In the absence of the chairman of the board, the president, the deputy chairman and the vice chairmen of the board, the board may appoint a chairman pro-tempore.

 

Section 2.4.          Place, Date and Time of Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places within or without the State of California and on such dates and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine by resolution or written consent.

 

Section 2.5.          Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board may be called by the chairman, the president, the deputy chairman or by a majority of the board, of which notice shall be given to each director personally by telephone or facsimile, electronic mail or other electronic means or by leaving a written or printed notice at, or by mailing such notice to, the Director’s residence or place of business at least 24 hours before the time appointed for such meeting, provided that said notice may be waived by a written consent by all the directors entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 2.6.          Quorum . A majority of the board then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting except when otherwise provided by law; but a less number may adjourn any meeting, from time to time, and the meeting may be held, as adjourned, without further notice.

 

Section 2.7.          Participation by Communications Equipment . Members of the Board may participate in a meeting through use of conference telephone, electronic video screen communication or other communications equipment, so long as all members participating in such meetings can communicate with all of the other members concurrently and are provided the means of participating in all matters before the Board, and the Association confirms that the person communicating by telephone, electronic video screen or other communications equipment is a director entitled to participate in the Board meeting and that all statements, actions and votes were made by such director. Such participation constitutes presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.8.          Action Without A Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board eligible to vote shall individually or collectively consent in writing or by electronic transmission to the action. The written consent or consents or a written copy of the electronic transmission or transmissions

 

3



 

shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the board of directors. Such action by written consent or electronic transmission shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote of directors.

 

Section 2.9.          Vacancies . The directors shall hold office for one year or until their successors are elected and have qualified. Any vacancies occurring in the membership of the board shall be filled by appointment for the unexpired term by the remaining members of the board, though less than a quorum, in accordance with the laws of the United States.

 

ARTICLE III

 

Committees of the Board

 

Section 3.1.          Committees of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors, designate one or more committees from time to time, each consisting of two or more directors to serve at the pleasure of the Board. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not the member or members present constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have all the authority of the Board, except powers to amend the Articles of Association, to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, to recommend to the shareholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Association’s property and assets, to recommend to the shareholders a dissolution of the Association or a revocation of a dissolution, to amend the bylaws of the Association, to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

Officers

 

Section 4.1.          Officers . The officers of this Association shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President and Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer and a Corporate Secretary, and may include a Deputy Chief Executive Officer, a Deputy Chairman, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, a Chief Credit Officer, a Chief Risk Officer, a Chief Auditor, a Chief Credit Examiner, a Chief Compliance Officer, one or more Policy Making Officers, one or more Deputy Corporate Secretaries, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Managing Directors, one or more Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Associates, one or more Analysts, one or more Trust Officers, one or more Managers for each of the branches of this Association, and such other officers as may be

 

4



required from time to time for the prompt and orderly transaction of its business, to be elected or appointed by the Board; provided, however, that the Board may delegate by resolution the authority to appoint, define duties, reassign and dismiss such officers as it shall from time to time determine.  Such officers shall respectively exercise such powers and perform such duties as pertain to their several offices, or as may be conferred upon, or designated to, them by the Board or other officers to whom such authority has been delegated and assigned.

 

Section 4.2.          Certain Officers to be Directors .  The chairman of the board, the president, the deputy chairman of the board and the vice chairmen of the board of the Association shall be members of the board.

 

Section 4.3.         Chairman, President, Deputy Chairman and Vice Chairmen .  The chairman of the board shall preside at all shareholders’ meetings and all meetings of the board unless he delegates this duty to the President or Deputy Chairman.  In the absence or disability of the chairman of the board, the following shall perform the duties and have the powers of the chairman of the board in the order set forth:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Deputy Chairman

Vice Chairmen in the order designated by the Board.

 

Section 4.4.          President and Chief Executive Officer . The president shall have general and active management of the business of the Association, and shall have and may exercise any and all other powers and duties pertaining by law, regulation, or practice, to the office of president or prescribed by these bylaws.  The president shall be the chief executive officer.

 

Section 4.5.          Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall be the principal financial officer of the Association and shall perform the duties imposed upon him by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.6.          Tenure .  The chairman of the board, the president, the deputy chairman of the board and the vice chairmen of the board shall hold their offices for the current year for which the board, of which they are members, was elected and qualified, unless they shall resign, become disqualified or be removed.  Any vacancy occurring in any of such offices shall be filled by appointment by the remaining members of the board, though not a quorum.  All other officers shall be elected to hold their offices respectively during the pleasure of the board; provided, however, that the board may assign by resolution the dismissing of such officers as it shall from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.7.          Corporate Secretary .  The Corporate Secretary shall keep a record of all votes, meetings and proceedings of the board and of the shareholders and of all other matters

 

5



 

required to be placed in the minute book, shall enter all bylaws and all amendments thereto and note all changes or repeals thereof in the book of bylaws, shall have charge of the corporate seal of this Association and affix the same to all certificates of stock and as directed by the board, and shall care for and preserve all papers, documents and books placed in his custody. The secretary shall have the power to take any action and execute any document required by law to be taken or executed by a cashier.  Duplicates of the corporate seal of this Association shall be placed in the charge of such managers and assistant managers of branches of this Association as are designated by the Corporate Secretary; and any one of the Deputy Corporate Secretary or Assistant Secretaries so designated may affix the corporate seal to documents or papers requiring the same.  The Deputy Corporate Secretary and Assistant Secretaries shall have all the powers, and, in the absence of the Corporate Secretary, duties of the secretary.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Emergency Provisions

 

Section 5.1.          Emergency Defined .  “Emergency” as used in this Article VI means disorder, disturbance or damage caused by disaster, war, enemy attack or other warlike acts which prevent conduct and management of the affairs and business of the Association by the Board of Directors and officers.  The powers and duties conferred and imposed by this Article and any resolutions adopted pursuant hereto shall be effective only during an emergency.  This Article may be implemented from time to time by resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors before or during an emergency, or during an emergency by the Nominating & Governance Committee of the Board of Directors constituted and then acting pursuant thereto.  During an emergency, the provisions of this Article and any implementing resolutions shall supercede any conflicting provision of any Article of these Bylaws or resolutions adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Section 5.2.          Alternate Locations . During an emergency, the business ordinarily conducted at the principal executive office of the Association shall, if so permitted by applicable statutes or regulations, be relocated elsewhere in suitable quarters, as may be designated by the board of directors or by the Nominating & Governance Committee of the Board of Directors or by such persons as are then, in accordance with these bylaws or resolutions adopted from time to time by the board of directors, dealing with the exercise of authority in a time of such emergency, conducting the affairs of this Association.  Any temporarily relocated place of business of this Association shall be returned to its legally authorized location as soon as practicable and such temporary place of business shall then be discontinued.

 

6



 

Section 5.3.          Alternate Management .

 

(a) In the event of a state of disaster of sufficient severity to prevent the conduct and management of the affairs of business of this Association by its directors and officers as contemplated by these bylaws, any available members of the then incumbent Nominating & Governance Committee of the Board shall constitute an Interim Nominating & Governance Committee for the full conduct and management of the affairs and business of the Association..

 

(b) If as a result of a state of disaster as described under 5.3(a) above, the chief executive officer is unable or unavailable to act, then until such chief executive officer becomes able and available to act or a new chief executive officer is appointed or elected, the senior surviving officer who is able and available to act shall act as the chief executive officer of this Association.  If a person in good faith assumes the powers of the chief executive officer pursuant to these provisions in the belief he is the senior surviving officer and the office of the chief executive officer is vacant, the acts of such a person shall be valid and binding although it may subsequently develop that he was not in fact the senior surviving officer or that the office was not in fact vacant.

 

(c) No officer, director or employee acting in accordance with these Emergency Provisions shall be liable except for willful misconduct.

 

Section 5.4.          Chairman of Nominating & Governance Committee .  For the purposes of all actions by the Nominating & Governance Committee pursuant to this Article V, the Chairman of the Nominating & Governance Committee shall be (1) the Chief Executive Officer, or if the Chief Executive Officer is not available, then (2) the Lead Director, or if the Lead Director is not available, then (3) the then incumbent Chairman of the Nominating & Governance Committee.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Certificates and Transfer of Stock

 

Section 6.1.          Stock Certificates .  Certificates of stock in the form adopted by the board shall be issued to the shareholders of this Association according to the number of shares belonging to each respectively. Such certificates shall be transferable by endorsement and delivery thereof, but the transfer shall not be complete and binding on this Association until recorded upon the books of the Association, or its transfer agent, if any.

 

All certificates of stock shall bear the corporate seal of this Association which may be in the form of a facsimile of such seal imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon and shall be signed by the chairman of the board or the deputy chairman of the board and the secretary, or an assistant secretary, provided that such signatures upon the certificates may be but need not

 

7



 

be facsimiles of the signatures of said officers imprinted or otherwise reproduced upon the certificates.

 

All certificates of stock which have been transferred as aforesaid shall be properly canceled and preserved.

 

Section 6.2.          Transfer of Stock.   No new certificate shall be issued in lieu of an old one unless the latter is surrendered and canceled at the same time.  If, however, a certificate be lost or destroyed the board may order a new certificate issued upon such terms, conditions and guaranties as the board may see fit to impose.

 

Section 6.3.          Fractional Shares .  The Association shall not be obliged to issue any certificates of stock evidencing, either singly or with other shares, any fractional part of a share, or any undivided interests in shares, but it may do so if the board shall so resolve.

 

Section 6.4.          Ownership .  The person, firm or corporation in whose name shares of stock stand on the books of the Association, whether individually or as trustee, pledgee or otherwise, may be recognized and treated by the Association as the absolute owner of the shares, and the Association shall in no event be obligated to deal with or to recognize the rights or interests of other persons in such shares, or in any part thereof.

 

Section 6.5.          Fixing Record Date . The board may by resolution fix a record date for determining the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders, which date shall be in reasonable proximity to the date of giving notice to the shareholders of such meeting .

 

ARTICLE VII

 

Records

 

Section 7.1.   The organization papers of this Association, the proceedings of all regular and special meetings of the board and of the shareholders and reports of the committees of directors shall be recorded in the minute book; and the minutes of each meeting shall be signed by the secretary and attested by the presiding officer.

 

Section 7.2.   Books and records of account and minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, Board and committees of the Board and a record of the shareholders, giving the names and address of all shareholders and the number of shares held by each, shall be kept at the Head Office or at the office of the Association’s transfer agent and shall be open to inspection upon the written demand on the Association of any shareholder at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to such holder’s interests as a shareholder.

 

8



 

Every director shall have the absolute right at any reasonable time to inspect and copy all books, records and documents or every kind and to inspect the physical properties of the Association and its subsidiary corporations, domestic or foreign.  Such inspection by a director may be made in person or by agent or attorney and includes the right to copy and make extracts.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

Corporate Seal

 

Section 8.1.   The Association shall have a corporate seal upon which shall be inscribed:

 

MUFG UNION BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Incorporated 1864

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Bylaws

 

Section 9.1.        Bylaw Amendments .  These Bylaws may be amended, changed, or repealed by a majority of the directors acting at any meeting of the board regularly called and held.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Governance

 

Section 10.1.        Governance .  To the extent not inconsistent with applicable Federal banking statutes or regulations, or bank safety and soundness, this Association will follow the corporate governance procedures of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Del. Code Ann. tit.8 (1991, as amended 1994, and as amended thereafter).

 

9



 

EXHIBIT 6

 

CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE

REQUIRED BY SECTION 321(b) OF THE ACT

 

November 4, 2015

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C.  20549

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the qualification of the form of indenture between Bunge Limited and Bunge Limited Finance Corp. (the “Issuing Entity ) and MUFG Union Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”), the undersigned, in accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, hereby consents that reports of examinations of the undersigned by federal, state, territorial, or district authorities authorized to make such examinations may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Marion Zinowski

 

 

Marion Zinowski

 

 

Vice President

 

 


 

Exhibit 7

 

CONSOLIDATED REPORT OF CONDITION OF

 

MUFG Union Bank, N.A.

 

of Los Angeles in the State of California, at the close of business June 30, 2015 published in response to call made by the Comptroller of the Currency, under Title 12, United States Code, Section 161.  Charter 21541

 

BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

Dollar Amounts
in Thousands

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

 

 

 

Non-interest-bearing balances and currency and coin

 

$

1,825,497

 

Interest-bearing balances

 

$

2,149,149

 

 

 

 

 

Securities:

 

 

 

Held-to-maturity securities

 

$

10,001,618

 

Available-for-sale securities

 

$

14,196,573

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

 

 

 

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

 

$

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

$

67,719

 

 

 

 

 

Loans and lease financing receivables:

 

 

 

Loans and leases held for sale

 

$

109,716

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

 

$

76,085,848

 

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

 

$

524,952

 

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

 

$

75,560,896

 

 

 

 

 

Trading assets

 

$

1,088,986

 

Premises and fixed assets

 

$

621,684

 

Other real estate owned

 

$

34,181

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

 

$

236,469

 

Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures

 

$

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

3,225,001

 

Other intangible assets

 

$

223,855

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

$

4,183,440

 

Total assets

 

$

113,524,784

 

 



 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

In domestic offices

 

$

82,272,556

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

30,175,273

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

52,097,283

 

 

 

 

 

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries and IBFs

 

$

281,594

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

 

Interest-bearing

 

$

281,594

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

 

 

 

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

 

$

466,500

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

120,133

 

 

 

 

 

Trading liabilities

 

$

733,774

 

Other borrowed money

 

$

10,890,665

 

Subordinated notes and debentures

 

$

1,456,011

 

Other liabilities

 

$

2,042,155

 

Total liabilities

 

$

98,263,388

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY CAPITAL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

 

$

 

Common stock

 

$

604,577

 

Surplus

 

$

9,835,721

 

Retained earnings

 

$

5,282,017

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

$

(666,483

)

Other equity capital components

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

Total bank equity capital

 

$

15,055,832

 

Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries

 

$

205,564

 

Total equity capital

 

$

15,261,396

 

Total liabilities and equity capital

 

$

113,524,784

 

 




Exhibit 25.2

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM T-1

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER

THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of

a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) o

 


 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of Trustee as specified in its charter)

 

31-0841368

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

 

800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota

 

55402

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

David Ferrell

U.S. Bank National Association

1349 West Peachtree Street, Suite 1050

Atlanta, GA  30309

(404) 898-8821

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

The Netherlands

 

98-0339100

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

11720 Borman Drive
St. Louis, Missouri

 

63146

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Bunge Limited

(Issuer with respect to the Securities)

 

Bermuda

 

98-0231912

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

Debt Securities

(Title of the Indenture Securities)

 

 

 



 

FORM T-1

 

Item 1.                                  GENERAL INFORMATION .   Furnish the following information as to the Trustee.

 

a)                        Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Washington, D.C.

 

b)    Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Yes

 

Item 2.                                  AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.  If the obligor is an affiliate of the Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None

 

Items 3-15                                      Items 3-15 are not applicable because to the best of the Trustee’s knowledge, the obligor is not in default under any Indenture for which the Trustee acts as Trustee.

 

Item 16.                           LIST OF EXHIBITS:   List below all exhibits filed as a part of this statement of eligibility and qualification.

 

1.               A copy of the Articles of Association of the Trustee.*

 

2.               A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, attached as Exhibit 2.

 

3.               A copy of the certificate of authority of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers, attached as Exhibit 3.

 

4.               A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee.**

 

5.               A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4.  Not applicable.

 

6.               The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, attached as Exhibit 6.

 

7.               Report of Condition of the Trustee as of December 31, 2015 published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, attached as Exhibit 7.

 


* Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to Amendment No. 2 to registration statement on S-4, Registration Number 333-128217 filed on November 15, 2005.

 

** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 25.1 to registration statement on form S-3ASR,  Registration Number 333-199863 filed on November 5, 2014.

 

2



 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the Trustee, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Atlanta, State of Georgia on the 6th of May, 2016.

 

 

By:

/s/ David Ferrell

 

 

David Ferrell

 

 

Vice President

 

3



 

Exhibit 2

 

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Washington, DC 20219

 

CERTIFICATE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE

 

I, Thomas J. Curry, Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

 

1. The Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

 

2. “U.S Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), is a national banking association formed under the laws of the United States and is authorized thereunder to transact the business of banking on the date of this certificate.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today,

 

December 4, 2015, I have hereunto

 

subscribed my name and caused my seal of

 

office to be affixed to these presents at the

 

U.S Department of the Treasury, in the City

 

of Washington, District of Columbia.

 

 

/s/ Thomas J. Curry

Comptroller of the Currency

 

4



 

Exhibit 3

 

5



 

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Washington, DC 20219

 

CERTIFICATION OF FIDUCIARY POWERS

 

I, Thomas J. Curry, Comptroller of the Currency, do hereby certify that:

 

1. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to Revised Statutes 324, et seq, as amended, and 12 USC 1, et seq, as amended, has possession, custody, and control of all records pertaining to the chartering, regulation, and supervision of all national banking associations.

 

2. “U.S Bank National Association,” Cincinnati, Ohio (Charter No. 24), was granted, under the hand and seal of the Comptroller, the right to act in all fiduciary capacities authorized under the provisions of the Act of Congress approved September 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668, 12 USC 92a, and that the authority so granted remains in full force and effect on the date of this certificate.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, today,

 

December 4, 2015, I have hereunto

 

subscribed my name and caused my seal of

 

office to be affixed to these presents at the

 

U.S. Department of the Treasury, in the City

 

of Washington, District of Columbia.

 

 

/s/ Thomas J. Curry

Comptroller of the Currency

 

6



 

Exhibit 6

 

CONSENT

 

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the undersigned, U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Dated: May 6, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Ferrell

 

 

David Ferrell

 

 

Vice President

 

7



 

Exhibit 7

 

U.S. Bank National Association

Statement of Financial Condition

As of 3/31/2016

($000’s)

 

 

 

3/31/2016

 

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions

 

$

10,947,868

 

Securities

 

106,681,861

 

Federal Funds

 

36,987

 

Loans & Lease Financing Receivables

 

263,697,563

 

Fixed Assets

 

5,196,349

 

Intangible Assets

 

12,814,361

 

Other Assets

 

23,828,774

 

Total Assets

 

$

423,203,763

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

315,187,684

 

Fed Funds

 

1,383,186

 

Treasury Demand Notes

 

0

 

Trading Liabilities

 

1,570,792

 

Other Borrowed Money

 

44,382,132

 

Acceptances

 

0

 

Subordinated Notes and Debentures

 

3,800,000

 

Other Liabilities

 

12,270,761

 

Total Liabilities

 

$

378,594,555

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

Common and Preferred Stock

 

18,200

 

Surplus

 

14,266,915

 

Undivided Profits

 

29,514,964

 

Minority Interest in Subsidiaries

 

809,129

 

Total Equity Capital

 

$

44,609,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Equity Capital

 

$

423,203,763

 

 

8